WO1992000972A1 - Renin inhibiting compounds - Google Patents

Renin inhibiting compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1992000972A1
WO1992000972A1 PCT/US1991/004914 US9104914W WO9200972A1 WO 1992000972 A1 WO1992000972 A1 WO 1992000972A1 US 9104914 W US9104914 W US 9104914W WO 9200972 A1 WO9200972 A1 WO 9200972A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
amino
loweralkyl
alkoxy
hydrogen
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1991/004914
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
William R. Baker
Stephen F. Martin
Original Assignee
Abbott Laboratories
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Abbott Laboratories filed Critical Abbott Laboratories
Publication of WO1992000972A1 publication Critical patent/WO1992000972A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/337Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/30Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/18Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • C07D295/182Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
    • C07D295/185Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds and compositions which inhibit renin, processes for making such compounds, synthetic intermediates employed in these processes, and a method of treating hypertension or congestive heart failure with such compounds or in
  • the present invention also relates to compositions and a method for treating glaucoma, vascular disease, renal failure or psoriasis with such compounds and a method of inhibiting retroviral proteases and treating a retroviral infection with such compounds.
  • Renin is a proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Any of three different proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Any of three different proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Any of three different proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Any of three different
  • renin a decrease in the blood pressure entering or within the kidney itself; (b) a decrease in the blood volume in the body; or (c) a fall in the
  • AI angiotensin I
  • AII angiotensin II
  • aldosterone a hormone which causes sodium retention.
  • AII angiotensin III
  • AIII angiotensin III
  • Angiotensinogen the natural substrate for human renin has the amino acid sequence shown below. Renin cleaves angiotensinogen at the amide bond between amino acid residues 10 and 11 to give angiotensin I (AI).
  • Compounds which are inhibitors of renin generally comprise two parts. One part of the compound mimics the first 9 amino acid residues of angiotensinogen. The other part mimics the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen and is designed to be non-cleavable by renin. When these two parts are combined in one compound, the compound binds to renin but is not cleaved. Thus, renin is inhibited from acting on its natural substrate angiotensinogen.
  • Inhibitors of renin have been sought as agents for control of hypertension and as diagnostic agents for identification of cases of hypertension due to renin excess.
  • ACE angiotensin I
  • AI angiotensin I
  • kinins which cause such undesirable side effects as pain, "leaky” capillaries, prostaglandin release and a variety of behavorial and neurologic effects.
  • ACE inhibition leads to the accumulation of AI.
  • AI has much less vasoconstrictor activity than AII, its presence may negate some of the hypotensive effects of the blockade of AII synthesis.
  • R and R 1 are independently selected from
  • T is a mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen.
  • mic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen includes
  • R 73 is loweralkyl
  • R 18 is loweralkyl
  • mic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen also includes the substituents (T) disclosed in the following references: Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,645,759, issued February 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X are as defined therein;
  • R 3 is as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and X are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 9 and X are as defined therein; Rosenberg et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,857,507, issued August 15, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and E are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and X are as defined
  • R 1 , J, L, M and Q are as defined therein;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined therein;
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein;
  • Buhlmayer et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,727,060, issued February 23, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined therein;
  • Buhlmayer et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,758,584, issued July 19, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • n, X and R 2 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , m, W 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • Bindra et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,749,687, issued June 7, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 and X are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • Statyl 1 , Ala, Statyl 2 and R 1 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , n and R 6 are as defined therein;
  • R 2 is as defined therein;
  • R 4 , n and R 5 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , q, R 9 and R 10 are as defined therein;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 9 are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and A are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R, R 12 and A are as defined therein;
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined therein; Thaisrivongs, U.S. Patent No. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • T, C, W, D, V, E, U and n are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • T, U, V and W are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , q, B, D and E are as defined therein;
  • R 3 , R 4 , m', E, B and F are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , B and E are as defined therein;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and B are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , B and C are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , R 2 , X, Y, B and C are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , m and F are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 4a , B and E are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , m and F are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 , R 4 , m", E, F and G are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , n and Y are as defined therein;
  • angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , n and E are as defined therein;
  • R 1 , E, G and Y are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , Q and X are as defined therein;
  • n, s, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , E and D are as defined therein;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined therein including R 4 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R 5 is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an amino acid residue; R 6 is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl and R 7 is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or an N-heterocycle;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are as defined therein including R 5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R 6 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or an amino acid residue; and R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 and A are as defined therein including R 5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R 6 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or
  • A is -CH(OH)-(CH) q -R 7 wherein q is 0-5 and R 7 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • substituted thioalkyl substituted sulfone, substituted sulfoxide, substituted amine, quaternized amine,
  • heterocyclic carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or
  • R 4 is as defined therein including R 4 is
  • R 4 is as defined therein including R 4 is
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclcoalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl or arylalkyl; and R 4 is -X-(CH 2 )n' _ R 7 wherein X is absent, O or S, n' is 0-4 and R 7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, heteroaryl or -CH(R 9 ) -(CH 2 ) p - Y-(CH 2 ) q -R 10 wherein p, q, Y and R 10 are as defined therein;
  • EP0230242 published July 29, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl; and R 4 is -N(Rs) -CH(R 6 ) - (CH 2 ) n -Ar or -N(R 5 )-CH(R 6 )-CH-CH-(CH 2 ) m -Ar wherein n is 0-6, m is 0-4, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl,
  • alkylaminoalkyl alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl or
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 9 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 9 is hydroxy or fluoro; and R 4 is - (CH 2 ) p -X- (CH 2 ) q -R 7 wherein p is 0-4, q is 0-4, X is -CF 2 -, -C(O)- or -CH(R 8 )- wherein R 8 is alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkylamino, hydroxy, azido or halo and R 7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 2 , X, Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein
  • R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 13 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or aryl
  • the boron containing substituent is a boron containing cyclic group
  • Y and R are as defined therein including Y is O or NH and R is alkyl, cycloalkyl or halogenated alkyl;
  • X is as defined therein including X is alkoxy, alkyalamino, cycloalkyloxy, morpholino and haloalkoxy.
  • n, Y and R 2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Y is O or NH and R 2 is alkyl;
  • n, Z and R are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0190891, published
  • n and X' are as defined therein including n is 0-1 and X' is alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, or -C(O)NR 1 R 2 wherein R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl or aralkyl and R 2 is alkyl or -CH 2 -Y-R wherein Y is O or NH and R is alkyl or aralkyl;
  • EP0181110 published May 14, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 3 is -CHO or -CH 2 OH and R 4 is isobutyl or benzyl;
  • n, R 1 and R 2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, R 1 is -NH 2 , alkylamino, alkoxy, or
  • 2-alkoxycarbonylpyrrolidin-1-yl and R 2 is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl or azide substituted alkenyl;
  • Y and R 2 are as defined therein including Y is -CH(OH)- or -C(O)- and R 2 is -CF 2 C(O)NHCH 3 , -CF 3 or
  • m, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and W 2 are as defined therein including m is 0-1, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl,
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, cycloalkyl, adamantyl, phenylalkyl,naphthylalkyl,
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selecterd from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, cycloalkyl, phenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl; or R 3 and R 4 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrole, indoline,
  • n, Y and D are as defined therein including n is 0- 1, Y is isobutyl, allyl or benzyl and D is 2-carboxypyrrolidin-1-yl or -ZR wherein Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl, phenyl or substituted alkyl or substituted phenyl;
  • German Patent Application No. DE3725137 published August 6, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , B and Y are as defined therein including R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 1 is hdyroxy, alkoxy or aryloxy
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,
  • arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl B is a peptide chain containing from 1 to 10 amino acid residues and Y is hydroxy or a protecting group for the peptide carboxy group;
  • British Patent Application No. GB2203740 published
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and B are as defined therein
  • R 1 is a hdyrophobic or hydrophilic side chain
  • R 2 is hydroxy or amino
  • R 4 is a hydrophobic or hydrophilic side chain and B is
  • R 6 is R 1 , R 7 and R 8 are the same as R 2 and R 3 , R 9 and R 10 are
  • R 11 and R l2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R 13 )C(O)R 14 wherein R 13 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 14 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , D and Y are as defined therein
  • R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 2 is an amino acid side chain
  • R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, aryloxy or amino
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R 12 )C(O)R 13 wherein R 12 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 13 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl; or -NR 4 R 5 represents
  • D is a bond, O, -N(R 1 )- or
  • Y is -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 - or -P(O)-;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 and ⁇ are as defined therein including R 4 is a hydrophilic or hydrophobic amino acid side chain, R 5 is hydroxy or amino.
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro,
  • R 9 and R 11 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl and
  • R 11 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 12 is hdyroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomthylpyridyl, benzyl or -NH- (CH 2 CH 2 O) m -R 1 wherein m is 1-20 and R 1 is as defined therein; and X is a bond or O, NH or -C(R 13 ) (R 14 )- wherein R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from
  • R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl and R 5 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
  • R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein including R 4 is alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or dialkylaminoalkyl and R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl;
  • R 5 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl.
  • R 6 is alkyl and R 7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
  • R 5 , R 6 and Y are as defined therein including R 5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl and Y is -SCH(CH 3 ) 2 or -S(O) 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ;
  • R 1 , R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
  • R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
  • R 1 , R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
  • R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
  • R 1 , R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
  • R 1 , R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
  • R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
  • R 1 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
  • R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 8 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, arylalkyl, aryl, (heterocyclic) alkyl or
  • R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl
  • arylalkyl (heterocyclic) alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mercaptoalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl,
  • hydroxythioalkoxyalkyl carboxyalkyl, aminothioalkoxyalkyl, guanidinoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl or imidazolylalkyl;
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined therein including R 1 is an N-heterocyclic ring and R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl,
  • cycloalkylalkyl haloalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl
  • R 11 is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
  • arylalkyl (heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
  • R 22 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 23 is hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, G 12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H 13 is absent or an amino acid residue, I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl
  • R 11 is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
  • arylalkyl (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
  • R 21 is hydroxy or amino
  • R 22 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl
  • G 12 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • H 13 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy
  • R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , X, Y and Z are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl, R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl or cycloalkyl, X is -CH(OH)-, -CH(NH 2 )-, -C(O)-,
  • A is hydroxy or amino and B is absent, O, NH or CH 2 , Y is absent or
  • r, t, R 90 , R 100 , R 110 , R 111 , G 12 , H 13 , I 14 and Z are as defined therein including r is 0-3, t is 0-3, R 90 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 100 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl,
  • R 110 and R 1l1 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl and halo, G 12 is absent, an amino acid residue or
  • R 50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl
  • R 60 and R 61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R 60 and R 61 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
  • H 13 is absent an amino acid residue
  • R 50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl
  • R 60 and R 61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R 60 and R 60 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
  • I 14 is absent an amino acid residue
  • R 50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl
  • R 60 and R 61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R 60 and R 61 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
  • spirocycle and Z is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
  • R and R 1 are independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy or thioalkoxy
  • R 11 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, hydrogen, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl and thioalkoxyalkyl
  • R 22 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 23 is hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl
  • R 24 is aryl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trialkylamino, heterocyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyloxy, mercapto, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
  • alkylaminocarbonyl dialkylaminocarbonyl, cyclicamino, cycloalkylamino, guanidinyl, cyano, N-cyanoguanidinyl, cyanoamino, hydroxyalkylamino, di(hydroxyalkyl)amino, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, trialkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclicalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkanoyloxyalkyl, mercaptoalkyl,
  • dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonylalkyl aminocarbonylalkyl, alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, cyclicaminoalkyl, cycloalkylaminoalkyl, guanidinylalkyl, cyanoalkyl, N-cyanoguanidinylalkyl, cyanoaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl or di(hydroxyalkyl)aminoalkyl, W 1 and W 2 are independently selected from hydroxy and amino, W 3 and W 4 are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro, W is as defined therein, Y is O, S, NH or
  • G 121 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • H 131 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • R 10a is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 10b is alkyl
  • -CH(NH 2 )- and Wi and W 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro and bromo, G is absent or an amino acid residue, H is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, thiol, amino, substituted alkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, substituted alkylamino, Lys-OH, Lys-NH 2 , Ser-OH or Ser-NH 2 ;
  • Y, W and U are as defined therein including Y is Sta, Cysta or PhSta, W is Leu, Ile, N-MeLeu, Val or absent and U is -NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 P ⁇ 1,
  • EP0275480 published July 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • W, U and V are as defined therein including W is Sta, PhSta or Cysta, U is absent. Leu, Ile, Val, N-MeLeu or N-Melle and V is -NHCH 2 Ph, -NHCH 2 -cyclohexyl,
  • T is Sta, PhSta, Cysta, Leu,
  • CyclohexylAla or Phe W is absent.
  • Leu, Gly or Ile V is absent.
  • Leu or Ile C is -CH 2 NH-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or
  • -CH 2 N(Cbz)- and U is -NHCH 2 Ph, -NHCH 2 -cyclohexyl, -NH 2 , -NH(piperidin-4-yl), -NHCH 2 (pyrid-2-yl),
  • EP0314060 published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • W and U are as defined therein including W is Sta, Cysta, PhSta, ChSta, DFKSta, DFKCys, DFKChs, ASta or ACys and U is -NHCH 2 CH 2 (morpholin-1-yl), -NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH (CH 2 OH) CH (CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -LeuNHCH 2 Ph,
  • R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 3 is isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl and R 4 is phenyl, furyl, vinyl, ethyl or 1,2-dihydroxyethyl;
  • R, U and B are as defined therein including R is hydrogen or hydroxyalkyl, U is Leu, Ala, Val or Ile and B is pyridyl;
  • X is as defined therein including X is isobutyl or benzyl;
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein including R 3 is allyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl, R 4 is nitromethyl,
  • R 3 and Z are as defined therein including R 3 is hydroxy or amino and Z is substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, substituted iminocarbonyl or unsubstituted or substituted phosphono, aminomethyl, thiomethyl,
  • EP0275101 published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 2 , R 3 , R a , R b , n, ⁇ and Q are as defined therein including R 2 is an amino acid side chain, R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl,
  • R a is an amino acid side chain
  • Rb is hydrogen or alkyl or R a and R b taken together are -CH 2 -CH 2 -, n is 1-10
  • X is hydrogen, CH 2 , alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl
  • R ⁇ is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
  • arylalkyl (heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
  • R 21 is hydroxy or amino
  • R 22 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl
  • R 24 is R 1 hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl
  • G 12 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • H 13 is absent or an amino acid residue
  • I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy
  • EP0275101 published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • R 1 , G 12 , H 13 and X are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, G 12 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by O, H 13 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by O and X is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
  • R 1 , Y, X and E are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, 1,3-dithiolan-2-yl or 1,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH 2 -C(R 13 )(R 14 )- wherein R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
  • R1, X and E are as defined therein including R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, 1,3-dithiolan-2-yl or 1,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH 2 -C(R 13 )(R 14 )- wherein R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
  • dialkylamino or heterocyclic and E is hydrogen, aryl, heterocyclic, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl;
  • R 7 , R 4 , R 11 , R 9 , R 10a , Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, R 10 and R 10a are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, R 9 is -(CH 2 ) s -NR 11 R 12 wherein s is 1-2 and R 11 and R 12 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl
  • Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ))CH 2 - wherein R 8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;
  • r, R 7 , R 4 , R 10, R 9 , R 10a , Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl
  • R 10 and R 10a are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl
  • R 9 is - (CH 2 ) s -NR 11 R 12 wherein s is 1-2 and R 11 and R 12 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl substituted by -SO 3 H, aminocarbonylalkyl,
  • Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ))CH 2 - wherein R 8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is substituted alkylamino, substituted alkoxy,
  • r, R 7 , R 4 , Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ))CH 2 - wherein R 8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is amino, hydroxy, substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;
  • R' and R" are as defined therein including R' is fluoro and R" is hydrogen or fluoro;
  • n, R 2 , R 10 and E are as defined therein including n is 0-5, R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 10 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl,
  • alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl and E is -CH(W)-G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C(O)-T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(R 13 )- wherein R 13 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;
  • n, R 7 , R 10 and E are as defined therein including n is 0-3, R 7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl, R 10 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl,
  • E is -CH(W)-G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C(O)-T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(R 13 )- wherein R 13 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;
  • n is 1-2
  • R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy or cycloalkylalkyl
  • R 4 is (H,OH)
  • R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues and D is
  • sulfonylalkyl substituted carbonyl, substituted phosphonyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl, furyl, furylalkyl, thienyl, thienylalkyl, pyridyl, pyridylalkyl or other (heterocyclic)alkyl;
  • EP0309841 published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
  • n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is
  • R 5 is (H,OH), (H,NH 2 ) or O
  • R 6 is
  • E is -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 2 OR 7 or -SO 2 NR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from R 4 ;
  • n, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic. (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R 5 is (H,OH), (H,NH 2 ), or O, R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is O or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl;
  • n, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
  • R 5 is (H,OR 12 ), (H,NR 12 R 13 ), or O wherein R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is O or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl; and
  • n, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , E and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
  • R 4 is hydrogen or alkyl
  • E is -C(O)NH-, -C(S)NH-, -C(O)O-, -SO2-, -SO2NH-, or -PO(OA)O- wherein A is
  • alkoxycarbonylalkyl substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
  • aminocarbonylalkyl substituted aminocarbonylalkyl
  • E-Y is pyrrolidinocarbonyl
  • substituted amino refers to:
  • Z is O, S or NH and R 8 is a C 1 to C 6 straight or branched carbon chain
  • aminoalkyl (N-protected)aminoalkyl, 1- amino-2-phenylethyl or 1-(N- protected)amino-2- phenylethyl.
  • substituted methylene group refers to:
  • R 13 is hydroxy then R 14 is not hydroxy, alkoxy, azido, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (N-protected)amino, (N-protected)(alkyl)amino, thioalkoxy, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, and such that when R 13 is hydrogen then R 14 is not hydrogen or loweralkyl;
  • R 24 is CH 2 or N and c) R 25 is NH, O, S or
  • R 22 is as defined above and
  • R 82 is
  • R 100 is aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl or (heterocyclic)alkyl or
  • loweralkyl loweralkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
  • heterocyclic or (heterocyclic)alkyl wherein heterocyclic or (heterocyclic)alkyl.
  • the compounds of the invention contain two or more asymmetric carbon atoms and thus can exist as pure diastereomers, mixtures of distereomers, diastereomeric racemates or mixtures of diastereomeric racemates.
  • the present invention includes within its scope all of the isomeric forms.
  • the terms "R” and “S” configuration as used herein are as defined by IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, Pure Appl. Chem. (1976) 45, 13-30. When stereochemical designators are followed by " * " , for example "R*” or "S*", the configuration of the carbon atom is meant to be the relative configuration and not the absolute configuration.
  • N-protecting group or “N-protected” as used herein refers to those groups intended to protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures or to prevent the attack of exopeptidases on the final compounds or to increase the solubility of the final compounds and includes but is not limited to acyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or benzoyl groups or an L- or Daminoacyl residue, which may itself be N-protected similarly.
  • straight or branched chain alkyl radicals containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-methylhexyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl and the like.
  • loweralkenyl refers to a loweralkyl radical which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • aminoalkyl refers to -NH 2 appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to -OH appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • alkylamino refers to a loweralkyl radical appended to an NH radical.
  • cycloalkyl refers to an aliphatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to an cycloalkyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including, but not limited to cyclohexylmethyl and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to an aliphatic ring having 3-7 carbon atoms and also having at least one carbon-carbon double bond including, but not limited to, cyclohexenyl and the like.
  • cycloalkenylalkyl refers to a cycloalkenyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • alkoxy and thioalkoxy refer to R 30 O- and R 30 S-, respectively, wherein R 30 is a loweralkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • alkoxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy radical, including, but not limited to methoxymethoxy and the like.
  • ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy group which is itself appended to an alkoxy radical including, but not limited to, methoxyethoxymethoxy and the like.
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • (thioalkoxy)alkyl refers to thioalkoxy appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • dialkylamino refers to - NR 31 R 32 wherein R 31 and R 32 are independently selected from loweralkyl groups.
  • ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkyl refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy group which is appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl refers to an ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical including, but not limited to,
  • (hydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino refers to -NR 33 R 34 wherein R 33 is hydroxyalkyl and R 34 is loweralkyl.
  • alkylamino refers to -NHR 200 wherein R 200 is a loweralkyl group.
  • dialkylamino refers to -NR 201 R 202 wherein R 201 and R 202 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
  • (N-protected)(alkyl)amino refers to -NR 34 R 35 wherein R 34 is a loweralkyl group and R 35 is an N-protecting group.
  • N-protected aminoalkyl refers to NHR 35 appended to a loweralkyl group, wherein R 35 is an N-protecting group.
  • alkylaminoalkyl refers to NHR 36 appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R 36 is a loweralkyl group.
  • (N-protected)(alkyl)aminoalkyl refers to NR 35 R 36 , which is appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R 35 and R 36 are as defined above.
  • dialkylaminoalkyl refers to NR 39 R 40 is appended to a loweralkyl radical wherein R 39 and R 40 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
  • carboxyalkyl refers to a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to R 41 COR 42 - wherein R 41 is an alkoxy group and R 42 is a loweralkyl radical.
  • (amino)carboxyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an amino group (-NH 2 ).
  • ((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and -NHR 43 wherein R 43 is an N-protecting group.
  • (alkylamino)carboxyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an alkylamino group.
  • ((N-protected)alkylamino)carboxyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an -NR 43 R 44 wherein R 43 is as defined above and R 44 is a loweralkyl group.
  • (dialkylamino)carboxyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and -NR 45 R 46 wherein R 45 and R 46 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
  • (amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and an amino group (-NH 2 ).
  • ((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NHR 43 wherein R 43 is as defined above.
  • (alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and an alkylamino group as defined above.
  • ((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NR 43 R 44 wherein R 43 and R 44 are as defined above.
  • (dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonyalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NR 45 -R 44 wherein R 45 and R 44 are as defined above.
  • carboxyalkylamino refers to -NHR 47 wherein R 47 is a carboxyalkyl group.
  • alkoxycarbonylalkylamino refers to -NHR 48 wherein R 48 is an alkoxycarbonylakyl group.
  • (amino)carboxyalkylamino refers to -NHR 49 wherein R 49 is an (amino)carboxyalkyl group.
  • ((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkylamino) refers to -NHR 50 wherein R 50 is an ((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkyl group.
  • (alkylamino)carboxyalkylamino refers to -NHR 51 wherein R51 is an (alkylamino)carboxyalkyl group.
  • ((N-protected)alkylamino)-carboxyalkylamino) refers to -NHR 52 wherein R 52 is an ((N-protected)alkylamino)carboxyalkyl group.
  • dialkylamino)carboxyalkylamino refers to -NHR 53 wherein R 53 is a
  • (dialkylamino)carboxyalkyl group (dialkylamino)carboxyalkyl group.
  • amino alkoxycarbonylalkylamino
  • ((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino refers to -NHR 55 wherein R 55 is an ((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
  • (alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino refers to -NHR 56 wherein R 56 is an
  • ((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino) refers to -NHR 57 wherein R 57 is an ((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
  • dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino refers to -NHR 58 wherein R 58 is a (dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
  • polyalkoxy refers to -OR 59 wherein R 59 is a straight or branched chain containing 1-5, C gg -O-C hh linkages wherein gg and hh are independently selected from 1 to 3, including, but not limited to
  • (dihydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino refers to a loweralkyl group which is disubstituted with -OH radicals, appended to an amino group, which amino group also has appended another loweralkyl group.
  • di- (hydroxyalkyl) amino refers to "NR 60 R 61 wherein R 60 and R 61 are hydroxyalkyl residues.
  • alkoxyalkyl(alkyl)amino refers to -NR 62 R 63 wherein R 62 is an alkoxyalkyl group and R 63 is a loweralkyl group.
  • di- (alkoxyalkyl) amino refers to -NR 64 R 65 wherein R 64 and R 65 are alkoxyalkyl groups.
  • (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino) refers to -NR 66 R 67 wherein R 66 is an
  • R 67 is a loweralkyl group.
  • di-(alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)amino refers to -NR 68 R 69 wherein R 68 and R 69 are
  • alkoxyalkoxyalkyl groups alkoxyalkoxyalkyl groups .
  • heterocyclic)alkyl)(alkyl)amino refers to an amino radical substituted by a loweralkyl group and an (unsubstituted heterocyclic)alkyl group or a (substituted heterocyclic)alkyl group, respectively.
  • heterocyclicalkyl or “heterocyclic ring substituted alkyl” as used herein refers to a heterocyclic group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including but not limited to imidazolylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl.
  • azidoalkyl refers to -N 3 appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • alkylsulfonyl refers to R 70 S(O) 2 - wherein R 70 is a loweralkyl residue.
  • alkylsulfonylalkyl refers to an alkylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • aryl refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or more aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl and the like; or "aryl” refers to a heterocyclic aromatic ring as defined below.
  • Aryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from loweralkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, halo, mercapto, nitro, carboxaldehyde, carboxy, carboalkoxy and carboxamide.
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl group appended to a loweralkyl radical including, but not limited to, benzyl, naphthylmethyl and the like.
  • aryloxy and thioaryloxy refer to R 71 O- or R 71 S-, respectively, wherein R 71 is an aryl group.
  • aryloxyalkyl and thioaryloxyalkyl refer to an aryloxy group or a thioaryloxy group, respectively, appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • arylalkoxy and arylthioalkoxy refer to an aryl group appended to an alkoxy radical or a thioalkoxy radical, respectively, including, but not limited to, phenoxymethyl, thiophenoxymethyl and the like.
  • arylalkoxyalkyl and “arylthioalkoxyalkyl” as used herein refer to an arylalkoxy group or an
  • arylsulfonyl refers to R 72 S(O) 2 - wherein R 72 is an aryl group.
  • arylsulfonylalkyl refers to an arylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
  • alkylsulfonylamino refers to R 76 NH- wherein R 76 is an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • arylsulfonylamino refers R 77 NH- wherein R 77 is an arylsulfonyl group.
  • (heterocyclic) sulfonyl refers to R 72a S(O)2- wherein R 72a is a heterocyclic group.
  • alkylaminocarbonylamino refers to R 76 NHCONH- wherein R 78 is a loweralkyl group.
  • alkylaminocarbonyloxy refers to R 76 NHC(O)O- wherein R 76 is a loweralkyl group.
  • alkoxycarbonyloxy refers to R 80 OC(O)O- wherein R 80 is a loweralkyl group.
  • halo or halogen as used herein refers to Cl, Br, F or I substituents.
  • haloalkyl refers to a loweralkyl radical in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen including, but not limited to,
  • O-protecting group refers to a substituent which protects hydroxyl groups and includes but is not limited to substituted methyl ethers, for example, methoxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and tehahydropyranyl; substituted ethyl ethers, for example, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, t-butyl, benzyl and triphenylmethyl; silyl ethers, for example, trimethylsilyl,
  • cyclic ortho esters for example, methoxymethylene
  • cyclic carbonates for example, cyclic carbonates
  • cyclic boronates for example, methoxymethylene
  • heterocyclic group refers to any 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring containing a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, or a 5- or 6-membered ring containing two or three nitrogen atoms; or one nitrogen and one oxygen atom; or one nitrogen and one sulfur atom; wherein the 5-membered ring has 0-2 double bonds and the 6-membered ring has 0-3 double bonds; wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized; wherein the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized; and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring or another 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring independently as defined above.
  • Heterocyclics in which nitrogen is the heteroatom are preferred. Fully saturated heterocyclics are also preferred. Preferred heterocyclics include: pyrryl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, pyrazinyl,
  • piperazinyl N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N-methyl azetidinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl,
  • oxazolidinyl isoxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl,
  • benzothiazolyl benzoxazolyl, furyl, thienyl, triazolyl and benzothienyl.
  • heterocyclics include imidazolyl, pyridyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N- methyl azetidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl and the following:
  • b is 1 or 2 and W is N, NH, O S, provided that-W is the point of connection only when T is N,
  • Y is NH, N-loweralkyl, O, S, or SO 2 , or
  • His refers to histidine, phenylalanine, homophenylalanine, alanine, leucine and norleucine, respectively.
  • the compounds of the invention can be prepared as shown in Schemes I - VI.
  • the syntheses of the mimics of the Leu-Val transition state of angiotensinogen (T) are described herein, or in Fung, et al., PCT Patent
  • allylic alcohol (TBS represents t-butyldimethylsilyl) provides the cyclopropyl isomers III and IV, which are then separated.
  • the epimer indicated is oxidized to V and the resulting acid is coupled with the amine (HNR'R”) to give amide VI.
  • Acid hydrolysis furnishes the cyclopropane carboxylic acid VII.
  • Schemes IV and Va illustrate the preparation of compounds wherein A is -S(O) 2 NR'R" or A is -NHC(O)R 96 wherein R 96 is as defined herein, respectively.
  • Compound XXVI is trapped by a disulfide (for example, R** is loweralkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, etc.) to give the sulfide XXVIIa.
  • a disulfide for example, R** is loweralkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, etc.
  • NMM 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
  • EDAC N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • Scheme VII discloses an intramolecular route to substituted cyclopropanes XXXI wherein A is exemplified by a morpholinocarbonyl group and R 1 is hydrogen. AIIylic alcohol XXXII is transformed to the corresponding

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (a), which are useful for inhibiting renin and for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure, alone or in combination with another antihypertensive agent. The present invention also relates to compositions and a method for treating glaucoma, vascular disease, renal failure or psoriasis with such compounds and a method of inhibiting retroviral proteases and treating a retroviral infection with such compound.

Description

RENIN INHIBITING COMPOUNDS
Technical Field
The present invention relates to novel compounds and compositions which inhibit renin, processes for making such compounds, synthetic intermediates employed in these processes, and a method of treating hypertension or congestive heart failure with such compounds or in
combination with another antihypertensive agent. The present invention also relates to compositions and a method for treating glaucoma, vascular disease, renal failure or psoriasis with such compounds and a method of inhibiting retroviral proteases and treating a retroviral infection with such compounds.
Background Art
Renin is a proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Any of three different
physiologic circumstances may cause the release of renin into the circulation: (a) a decrease in the blood pressure entering or within the kidney itself; (b) a decrease in the blood volume in the body; or (c) a fall in the
concentration of sodium in the distal tubules of the kidney.
When renin is released into the blood from the kidney, the renin-angiotensin system is activated, leading to vasoconstriction and conservation of sodium, both of which result in increased blood pressure. The renin acts on a circulating protein, angiotensinogen, to cleave out a fragment called angiotensin I (AI). AI itself has only slight pharamacologic activity but, after additional cleavage by a second enzyme, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE), forms the potent molecule angiotensin II (AII). The major pharmacological effects of AII are vasoconstriction and stimulation of the adrenal cortex to release
aldosterone, a hormone which causes sodium retention.
Sodium retention causes blood volume to increase, which leads to hypertension. AII is cleaved by an aminopeptidase to form angiotensin III (AIII), which, compared to AII, is a less potent vasoconstrictor but a more potent inducer of aldosterone release.
Angiotensinogen, the natural substrate for human renin has the amino acid sequence shown below. Renin cleaves angiotensinogen at the amide bond between amino acid residues 10 and 11 to give angiotensin I (AI).
Figure imgf000005_0001
Compounds which are inhibitors of renin generally comprise two parts. One part of the compound mimics the first 9 amino acid residues of angiotensinogen. The other part mimics the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen and is designed to be non-cleavable by renin. When these two parts are combined in one compound, the compound binds to renin but is not cleaved. Thus, renin is inhibited from acting on its natural substrate angiotensinogen.
Inhibitors of renin have been sought as agents for control of hypertension and as diagnostic agents for identification of cases of hypertension due to renin excess.
With these objectives in mind, the renin-angiotensin system has been modulated or manipulated, in the past, with ACE inhibitors. However, ACE acts on several substrates other than angiotensin I (AI), most notably the kinins which cause such undesirable side effects as pain, "leaky" capillaries, prostaglandin release and a variety of behavorial and neurologic effects. Further, ACE inhibition leads to the accumulation of AI. Although AI has much less vasoconstrictor activity than AII, its presence may negate some of the hypotensive effects of the blockade of AII synthesis.
Inhibition of other targets in the renin-angiotensin system such as AII with compounds such as saralasin can block AII activity, but would leave unimpaired and perhaps enhance the hypertensive effects of AIII.
On the other hand, there are no known side effects which result when renin is inhibited from acting on its substrate. Considerable research efforts have thus been carried out to develop useful inhibitors of renin. Past research efforts have been directed to renin antibodies, pepstatin, phospholipids and substrate analogs such as tetrapeptides and octapeptides to tridecapeptides. These inhibitors either demonstrate poor activity in inhibiting renin production or poor specificity for inhibiting renin only. However, Boger et al. have reported that statine-containing peptides possess potent and specific renin-inhibiting activity (Nature, Vol. 303, p. 81, 1983). In addition, Szelke and co-workers have described polypeptide analogs containing a non-peptide link (Nature, Vol. 299, p. 555, 1982) which also cause potent renin inhibition and show a high specificity for this enzyme. Recent patents have disclosed novel small peptide renin inhibitors which contain novel dipeptide isosteres as transition state analogs (Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,609,643; Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,668,770; Baran, et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,657,931; Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No.
4,548,926; Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,645,759; and Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284). Disclosure of the Invention
In accordance with the present invention, there are compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
A is
(I) R5C(O)- wherein
R5 is
i) hydroxy,
ii) alkoxy,
iii) thioalkoxy,
iv) loweralkyl,
v) heterocyclic,
vi) amino or
vii) substituted amino;
(II) R90N(R150)C(O)- wherein R150 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R90 is
a C1 to C8 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from
1) carboxy,
2) alkoxycarbonyl,
3) alkylsulfonyl,
4) aryl,
5) arylsulfonyl. 6) heterocyclic,
7) (heterocyclic) sulfonyl,
8) amino,
9) alkylamino,
10) dialkylamino,
11) alkoxy,
12) (alkoxy) alkoxy or
13) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxy;
(III) R95S(O)w- wherein w is 0-2 and R95 is
1) loweralkyl,
2) aryl,
3) heterocyclic,
4) -NH2 or
5) substituted amino;
(IV) R96C(O)N(R151)- wherein R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is
1) loweralkyl,
2) cycloalkyl,
3) aryl,
4) heterocyclic,
5) alkoxy,
6) thioalkoxy,
7) aryloxy,
8) thioaryloxy,
9) substituted amino,
10) R97NH- wherein R97 is loweralkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic
11) (heterocyclic) alkyl,
12) aminoalkyl,
13) alkylaminoalkyl,
14) dialkylaminoalkyl, 15) alkoxyalkyl,
16) (alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl or
17) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl; or
(V) R96S(O)xN(R151)- wherein x is 1 or 2, R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is defined as herein.
R and R1 are independently selected from
(I) hydrogen,
(II) aryl,
(III) loweralkyl,
(IV) loweralkenyl,
(V) cycloalkyl,
(VI) cycloalkenyl,
(VII) aryloxyalkyl,
(VIII) thioaryloxyalkyl,
(IX) arylalkoxyalkyl,
(X) arylthioalkoxyalkyl and
(XI) a C1 to C3 straight or branched
carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from
1) alkoxy,
2) thioalkoxy,
3) aryl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) cycloalkenyl and
6) heterocyclic.
R3 is
(I) loweralkyl,
(II) haloalkyl, (III) loweralkenyl,
(IV) cycloalkylalkyl,
(V) cycloalkenylalkyl,
(VI) alkoxyalkyl,
(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl,
(VIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl,
(IX) hydroxyalkyl,
(X) -(CH2)eeNHR12
wherein
1) ee is 1 to 3 and
2) R12 is
i) hydrogen,
ii) loweralkyl or
iii) an N-protecting group;
(XI) arylalkyl or
(XII) (heterocyclic) alkyl.
T is a mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen.
The term "mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen" as used herein includes
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein R4 is
(I) loweralkyl,
(II) cycloalkylalkyl (III) cycloalkenylalkyl or
(III) arylalkyl; and
D is
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein R73 is loweralkyl,
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein
1) M is
i) O,
ii) S or
iii) NH;
2) Q is
i) O or
ii) S;
3) E is
i) O,
ii) S,
iii) CHR73 wherein R73 is loweralkyl, iv) C=CH2 or v) NR18 wherein R18 is a) hydrogen,
b) loweralkyl, c) hydroxyalkyl,
d) hydroxy,
e) alkoxy,
f) amino or
g) alkylamino;
and
4) G is
i) absent,
ii) CH2 or
iii) NR19 wherein R19 is
hydrogen or loweralkyl,
with the proviso that when G is NR19, then R18 is loweralkyl or
hydroxyalkyl;
(
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein
1) v is 0 or 1 and
2) R21 is
i) NH,
ii) O,
iii) S or
iv) SO2; or
(IV) a substituted methylene group.
The term "mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen" as used herein also includes the substituents (T) disclosed in the following references: Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,645,759, issued February 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 and X are as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,652,551, issued March 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 and X are as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284, issued July 14, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R3 is as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,584, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,583, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000014_0003
wherein R3, R4 and R5 are as defined therein;
Rosenberg, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,837,204, issued June 6, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7 and X are as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,845,079, issued July 4, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9 are as defined therein;
Sham, U.S. Patent No. 4,826,958, issued May 2, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R9 and X are as defined therein; Rosenberg et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,857,507, issued August 15, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 and E are as defined therein;
Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,826,815, issued May 2, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
wherein R4, R5,
Figure imgf000016_0002
R6, R7, R8, R9 and X are as defined
therein;
Bender, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,818,748, issued April 4, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000017_0001
l
wherein R1, J, L, M and Q are as defined therein;
Fuhrer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,613,676, issued
September 23, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000017_0002
wherein R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined therein;
Riniker, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,595,677, issued June 17, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000017_0003
wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined therein;
Buhlmayer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,727,060, issued February 23, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined therein;
Buhlmayer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,758,584, issued July 19, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000018_0002
wherein R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined therein;
Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,609,643, issued
September 2, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-A-B-Z-W
wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;
Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,650,661, issued March 17, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-A-B-Z-W wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;
Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,713,445, issued December 15, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-A-B-Z-W
wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;
Iizuka, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,656,269, issued April 7, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein n, X and R2 are as defined therein;
Iizuka, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,711,958, issued December 8, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein X is as defined therein;
Kleinman, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,729,985, issued March 8, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000020_0002
wherein R1, R2, m, W2, R3 and R4 are as defined therein;
Hoover, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,769, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000020_0003
wherein X and R2 are as defined therein;
Hoover, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,814,342, issued March 21, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein X, W and Z1 are as defined therein;
Bindra, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,749,687, issued June 7, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000021_0002
wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined therein;
Hoover, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,814,342, issued March 21, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000021_0003
wherein X, W and Z1 are as defined therein;
Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,698,329, issued
October 6, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein R3 and X are as defined therein;
Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,548,926, issued
October 22, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by
reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000022_0002
wherein But and X are as defined therein;
Wagnon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,580, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000022_0003
wherein Z1, X, Y and R4 are as defined therein;
Wagnon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,746,648, issued May 24, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein Z1, X, Y and R4 are as defined therein;
Cazaubon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,481,192, issued
November 6, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by
reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-Statyl1-Ala-Statyl2-R'
wherein Statyl1, Ala, Statyl2 and R1 are as defined therein;
Hansen, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,722,922, issued February 2, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein R3, R4, R5, n and R6 are as defined therein;
Hansen, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,510,085, issued April 9, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein R2 is as defined therein;
Baran, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,657,931, issued April 14, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000024_0002
wherein R4, n and R5 are as defined therein;
Hansen, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,514,332, issued April 30, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000024_0003
Natarajan, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,757,050, issued July 12, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000025_0003
wherein R1, R2, R3, q, R9 and R10 are as defined therein;
Gordon, U.S. Patent No. 4,749,781, issued June 7, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000025_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3 and R9 are as defined therein;
Ryono, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,665,193, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and A are as defined therein; Ryono, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,616,088, issued October 7, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and A are as defined therein;
Ryono, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,629,724, issued December 16, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000026_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R, R12 and A are as defined therein;
Patel, U.S. Patent No. 4,820,691, issued April 11, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000026_0003
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined therein; Thaisrivongs, U.S. Patent No. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-E10-F11-G12-H13-I14-Z
wherein E10, F11, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein;
Hudspeth, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,743,585, issued May 10, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-T-(C)n-W-(D)n-V-(E)n-U
wherein T, C, W, D, V, E, U and n are as defined therein;
Hudspeth, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,735,933, issued April 5, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-Y-W-U
wherein Y, W and U are as defined therein;
Kaltenbronn, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,804,743, issued February 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula -T-U-V-W
wherein T, U, V and W are as defined therein;
Pinori, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,560,505, issued December 24, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein Tyr and Lys are as defined therein;
Yamato, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,683,220, issued July 28, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000028_0002
Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,668,770, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein R3, R4, q, B, D and E are as defined therein;
Boger, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,663, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein R3, R4, m', E, B and F are as defined therein;
Bock, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,636,491, issued January 13, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000029_0003
wherein R3, R4, m' and E are as defined therein; Bock, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,663,310, issued May 5, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000030_0003
wherein G, R4, J, B and L are as defined therein;
Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,661,473, issued April 28, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000030_0002
wherein G, R4, J, B and L are as defined therein;
Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,479,941, issued October 30, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R3, R4 and E are as defined therein; Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,470,971, issued September 11, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein R3, R4, R5, B and E are as defined therein;
Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,384,994, issued May 24, 1983, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined therein;
Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,442, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-G-J
wherein G and J are as defined therein; Evans, U.S. Patent No. 4,665,055, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein R4, R5, B and C are as defined therein;
Evans, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,609,641, issued September 2, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000032_0002
wherein R1, R2, X, Y, B and C are as defined therein;
Patchett, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,839,357, issued June 13, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
-G-J
wherein G and J are as defined therein; Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,442, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-G-J
wherein G and J are as defined therein;
Boger, U.S. Patent No. 4,665,052, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein R3, R4, R5, m and F are as defined therein;
Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,478,826, issued October 23, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein R3, R4, R4a, B and E are as defined therein;
Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,485,099, issued November 27, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference. discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein R3, R4, R5, m and F are as defined therein;
Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,477,440, issued October 16, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000034_0002
wherein R3, R4, m", E, F and G are as defined therein;
Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,721,776, issued January 26, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000034_0003
wherein R2, R3, R4, R5, n, B and D are as defined therein; Holzemann, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,709,010, issued November 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein R, R1, R2, n and Y are as defined therein;
Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,555, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein R2, R3, R4, n and E are as defined therein;
Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,755,592, issued July 5, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-W-E-W'-Y
wherein W, E, W' and Y are as defined therein;
Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,666,888, issued May 19, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein R1, E, G and Y are as defined therein;
Wagnon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,840,935, issued June 20, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000036_0002
wherein R4, R5, Q and X are as defined therein;
Iizuka, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,841,067, issued June 20, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000036_0003
wherein n and X are as defined therein; Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,829,053, issued May 9, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-N(R2)-CH(R3)-CR4-(CHR5)n-C(O)-E-N(R6)-(CH(R7))s-D wherein n, s, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, E and D are as defined therein;
European Patent Application No. EP0264106, published April 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein R4, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined therein including R4 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R5 is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an amino acid residue; R6 is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl and R7 is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or an N-heterocycle;
European Patent Application No. EP0272583, published June 29, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as defined therein including R5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R6 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or an amino acid residue; and R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0309766, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000038_0002
wherein R5, R6 and A are as defined therein including R5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R6 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or
heterocyclic; and A is -CH(OH)-(CH)q-R7 wherein q is 0-5 and R7 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
substituted thioalkyl, substituted sulfone, substituted sulfoxide, substituted amine, quaternized amine,
heterocyclic, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or
amidoalkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0300189, published January 25, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000039_0002
wherein R4 is as defined therein including R4 is
loweralkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0283970, published
September 28, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein R4 is as defined therein including R4 is
loweralkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0255082, published
February 3, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclcoalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R3 is hydrogen, alkyl or arylalkyl; and R4 is -X-(CH2)n'_R7 wherein X is absent, O or S, n' is 0-4 and R7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, heteroaryl or -CH(R9) -(CH2)p- Y-(CH2)q-R10 wherein p, q, Y and R10 are as defined therein;
European Patent Application No. EP0230242, published July 29, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R3 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl; and R4 is -N(Rs) -CH(R6) - (CH2)n-Ar or -N(R5)-CH(R6)-CH-CH-(CH2)m-Ar wherein n is 0-6, m is 0-4, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl,
carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, haloalkyl,
alkylaminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl or
arylalkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0310015, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein R2, R3, R4 and R9 are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R9 is hydroxy or fluoro; and R4 is - (CH2)p-X- (CH2)q-R7 wherein p is 0-4, q is 0-4, X is -CF2-, -C(O)- or -CH(R8)- wherein R8 is alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkylamino, hydroxy, azido or halo and R7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, aryl or heteroaryl;
European Patent Application No. EP0315574, published May 10, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000041_0002
(B is a boron atom)
wherein R2, X, Y, R3 and R4 are as defined therein
including R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic; X and Y are
independently selected from O or -N(R13)- wherein R13 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl; and R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or aryl; or the boron containing substituent is a boron containing cyclic group;
Japanese Patent Application No. J63275552, published
November 14, 1988 discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000042_0001
European Patent Application No. EP0252727, published
January 13, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000042_0002
wherein Y and R are as defined therein including Y is O or NH and R is alkyl, cycloalkyl or halogenated alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0244083, published
November 4, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein X is as defined therein including X is alkoxy, alkyalamino, cycloalkyloxy, morpholino and haloalkoxy.
European Patent Application No. EP0216539, published April 1, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000043_0002
wherein n, Y and R2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Y is O or NH and R2 is alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0206807, published
December 30, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000043_0003
wherein n, Z and R are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0190891, published
August 13, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein n and X' are as defined therein including n is 0-1 and X' is alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, or -C(O)NR1R2 wherein R1 is hydrogen, alkyl or aralkyl and R2 is alkyl or -CH2-Y-R wherein Y is O or NH and R is alkyl or aralkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0181110, published May 14, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000044_0002
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined therein including R3 is -CHO or -CH2OH and R4 is isobutyl or benzyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0297816, published
January 4, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein n, R1 and R2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, R1 is -NH2, alkylamino, alkoxy, or
2-alkoxycarbonylpyrrolidin-1-yl and R2 is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl or azide substituted alkenyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0297815, published January 4, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000045_0002
wherein Y and R2 are as defined therein including Y is -CH(OH)- or -C(O)- and R2 is -CF2C(O)NHCH3, -CF3 or
-CF2C(CH2CH(CH3)2)CO2C2H5;
European Patent Application No. EP0212903, published March 4, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000045_0003
wherein m, R1, R2, R3, R4 and W2 are as defined therein including m is 0-1, R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenylalkyl, naphthylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and cycloalkenylalkyl, R3 and R4 are independently selected from alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, cycloalkyl, adamantyl, phenylalkyl,naphthylalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and adamantylalkyl; or R3 is hydrogen and R4 is -CH(R7) (CH2)p(Q)rCH(R8) (CH2)q-Y wherein p and q are independently selected from 0,1,2,3,4,5 and 6, r is 0-1, Q is -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -O-, -NH-, -CH(OH)- or -C(O)-, Y is methyl, phenyl, -C(O)OR9, -C(O)NR9R10, -C (O)NHC(O)OCH2C6H5, -NH2, -NHC(O)CH2C6H5, -NHCH (CH2C6H5)C(O)OR9 or
-NHCH(CH2C6H5)C(O)NR9R10 wherein R9 and R10 are
independently selecterd from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, cycloalkyl, phenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and R7 and R8 are independently selecterd from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, cycloalkyl, phenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl; or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrole, indoline,
isoindoline, piperidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, perhydroazepine or
morpholine ring; and W2 is -NHCH((CH2)3R6)-C(O)- wherein R6 is -NH2, -NHC(=NH)NH2 or -CH2NH2;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/03022, published May 5, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein n, Y and D are as defined therein including n is 0- 1, Y is isobutyl, allyl or benzyl and D is 2-carboxypyrrolidin-1-yl or -ZR wherein Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl, phenyl or substituted alkyl or substituted phenyl;
German Patent Application No. DE3725137, published August 6, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein R, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B and Y are as defined therein including R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl, R1 is hdyroxy, alkoxy or aryloxy, R2 is hydrogen or R1 and R2 taken together is oxo (=O), R3, R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl, B is a peptide chain containing from 1 to 10 amino acid residues and Y is hydroxy or a protecting group for the peptide carboxy group; British Patent Application No. GB2203740, published
October 26, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined therein
including R1 is a hdyrophobic or hydrophilic side chain, R2 is hydroxy or amino, R3 is hydrogen or R2 and R3 taken together is oxo (=O) , R4 is a hydrophobic or hydrophilic side chain and B is
-NHCH(R6)C(R7)(R8)C(R9)(R10)CH2C(O)NR11R12 wherein R6 is R1 , R7 and R8 are the same as R2 and R3, R9 and R10 are
independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro and R11 and Rl2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R13)C(O)R14 wherein R13 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R14 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl;
British Patent Application No. GB2200115, published July 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000048_0002
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, D and Y are as defined therein
including R1 is hydrogen or alkyl, R2 is an amino acid side chain, R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, aryloxy or amino, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R12)C(O)R13 wherein R12 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R13 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl; or -NR4R5 represents
pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl or substituted piperazinyl; D is a bond, O, -N(R1)- or
-CH(R1)- and Y is -C(O)-, -S(O)2- or -P(O)-;
German Patent Application No. DE3830825, published March 23, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000049_0001
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and χ are as defined therein including R4 is a hydrophilic or hydrophobic amino acid side chain, R5 is hydroxy or amino. R6 is hydrogen or R5 and R6 taken together are oxo (=O), R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro, R9 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl and
-CH(R11)C(O)R12 wherein R11 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R12 is hdyroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomthylpyridyl, benzyl or -NH- (CH2CH2O)m-R1 wherein m is 1-20 and R1 is as defined therein; and X is a bond or O, NH or -C(R13) (R14)- wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from
hydrogen, fluoro or R4; Japanese Patent Application No. J62246546, published October 27, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000050_0002
wherein m, R4 and R5 are as defined therein including m is
0-1, R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl and R5 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
European Patent Application No. EP0274259, published July 13, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein R4 and R5 are as defined therein including R4 is alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or dialkylaminoalkyl and R5 is hydrogen or alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0228192, published July 8, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein m, n, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined therein
including m and n are independently selected from 0 and 1, R5 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl. R6 is alkyl and R7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
European Patent Application No. EP0273893, published July 6, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000051_0002
wherein R5, R6 and Y are as defined therein including R5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl. R6 is hydrogen or alkyl and Y is -SCH(CH3)2 or -S(O)2CH(CH3)2;
European Patent Application No. EP0310070, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000051_0003
wherein R1, R5 and R7 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0310071, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein R1, R5 and R7 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0310072, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000052_0002
wherein R1, R5 and R7 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0310073, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein R1, R5 and R7 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0313847, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000053_0002
wherein R1, R5 and R6 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl,
alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R8 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0296581, published
December 28, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, arylalkyl, aryl, (heterocyclic) alkyl or
heterocyclic and R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mercaptoalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl,
hydorxyalkoxyalkyl, aminoalkoxyalkyl,
hydroxythioalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, aminothioalkoxyalkyl, guanidinoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl or imidazolylalkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0231919, published
August 12, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined therein including R1 is an N-heterocyclic ring and R3 is hydrogen, alkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl,
mercaptoalkyl, tioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxyalkyl,
aminoalkoxyalkyl, hydroxythioalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, aminothioalkoxyalkyl, guanidinoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl or imidazolylalkyl; PCT Patent Application No. WO 87/05302, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-E10-F11-G12-H13-I14-Z wherein E10, F11, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein including -E10-F11- is
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, R11 is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
thioalkoxyalkyl, R22 is hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, G12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H13 is absent or an amino acid residue, I14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 87/02986, published May 21, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-E10-F11-G12-H13-I14-Z wherein E10, F11, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein including -E10-F11- is
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, R11 is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
thioalkoxyalkyl, R21 is hydroxy or amino, R22 is hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl,
aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, G12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H13 is absent or an amino acid residue, I14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy,
substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 89/00161, published January 12, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000057_0001
wherein R2, R4, R5, X, Y and Z are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl, R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl or cycloalkyl, X is -CH(OH)-, -CH(NH2)-, -C(O)-,
-CH(OH)CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)CH2-, -CH (NH2)CH2-, -C (O) -CH2-, -CH2-NH-, -CH2-O- or -P(O) (A)B- wherein A is hydroxy or amino and B is absent, O, NH or CH2, Y is absent or
-NHCH(R5)C(O)- and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or N-heterocyclic;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/07053, published
Septmeber 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000057_0002
wherein r, t, R90, R100, R110, R111, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein including r is 0-3, t is 0-3, R90 is hydrogen or alkyl, R100 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl,
cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, R110 and R1l1 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl and halo, G12 is absent, an amino acid residue or
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein R50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl,
(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and R60 and R61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R60 and R61 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
spirocycle, H13 is absent an amino acid residue or
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein R50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl,
(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and R60 and R61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R60 and R60 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
spirocycle, I14 is absent an amino acid residue or
Figure imgf000059_0001
wherein R50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl,
(heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and R60 and R61 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or R60 and R61 taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic
spirocycle and Z is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/02374, published April 7, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula a) -E10-F11-C(=Y)-G12-H13-Z,
b) -E10-F11-W,
c) -E10-F11-G12-H13-W or
d) -E10-F11-G121-H131-I14-Z wherein E10, F11, G12, H13, G121, H131, I14, W, Y and Z are as defined therein including -E10-F11- is
Figure imgf000060_0001
wherein R and R1 are independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, R11 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, hydrogen, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl and thioalkoxyalkyl, R22 is hydrogen or alkyl, R23 is hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, R24 is aryl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trialkylamino, heterocyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyloxy, mercapto, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cyclicamino, cycloalkylamino, guanidinyl, cyano, N-cyanoguanidinyl, cyanoamino, hydroxyalkylamino, di(hydroxyalkyl)amino, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, trialkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclicalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkanoyloxyalkyl, mercaptoalkyl,
carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonylalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, cyclicaminoalkyl, cycloalkylaminoalkyl, guanidinylalkyl, cyanoalkyl, N-cyanoguanidinylalkyl, cyanoaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl or di(hydroxyalkyl)aminoalkyl, W1 and W2 are independently selected from hydroxy and amino, W3 and W4 are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro, W is as defined therein, Y is O, S, NH or
-N (alkyl)-, Z is as defined therein, G12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H13 is absent or an amino acid
residue, G121 is absent or an amino acid residue, H131 is absent or an amino acid residue and I14 is absent or an amino acid residue;
PCT Patent Application No. WO 86/06379, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-E-F-G-H-Z wherein E, F, G, H and Z are as defined therein including -E-F- is
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein R10a is hydrogen or alkyl, R10b is alkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl,
(heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkenyl or cycloalkenylalkyl, R10c is hydrogen or alkyl, U is -C(O)-, -CH(OH)- or
-CH(NH2)- and Wi and W2 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro and bromo, G is absent or an amino acid residue, H is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, thiol, amino, substituted alkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, substituted alkylamino, Lys-OH, Lys-NH2, Ser-OH or Ser-NH2;
European Patent Application No. EP0271862, published June 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-Y-W-U wherein Y, W and U are as defined therein including Y is Sta, Cysta or PhSta, W is Leu, Ile, N-MeLeu, Val or absent and U is -NHCH2CH(CH3) CH2CH3, -NHCH2PΪ1,
-NHCH (CH2OH) CH (CH3) CH2CH3, -NHCH2CH (OH) CH2SCH (CH3)2,
-NHCH2CH (OH) CH2S (O) CH (CH3)2, -NHCH2CH (OH) CH2S(O)2CH (CH3)2, -NHCH2CH2Ph, -NHCH2(pyrid-2-yl), -NH2, -NHCH2CH=CH2, -OEt, -OMe, -NH (piperidin-4-yl) ,
Figure imgf000063_0001
-
Figure imgf000063_0003
Figure imgf000063_0002
Figure imgf000063_0004
European Patent Application No . EP0275480, published July 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-W-U-V wherein W, U and V are as defined therein including W is Sta, PhSta or Cysta, U is absent. Leu, Ile, Val, N-MeLeu or N-Melle and V is -NHCH2Ph, -NHCH2-cyclohexyl,
-NH(piperidin-4-yl), -NHCH2(pyrid-2-yl),
-NHCH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -OMe, -OEt, -NHCH(CH2OH)CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2 (morpholin-1-yl),
Figure imgf000063_0005
Figure imgf000063_0006
PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/03927, published June 2, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-T-(C)n-W-(D)n-V-(E)n-U wherein T, C, W, D, V, E, U and n are as defined therein including nis 0-1, T is Sta, PhSta, Cysta, Leu,
CyclohexylAla or Phe, W is absent. Leu, Gly or Ile, V is absent. Leu or Ile, C is -CH2NH-, -CH(OH)CH2- or
-CH(OH)-CH=CH-C(O)-, D is -CH2NH-, E is -CH2NH- or
-CH2N(Cbz)- and U is -NHCH2Ph, -NHCH2-cyclohexyl, -NH2, -NH(piperidin-4-yl), -NHCH2(pyrid-2-yl),
-NHCH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -OMe, -OEt,
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000064_0002
European Patent Application No. EP0314060, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-W-U wherein W and U are as defined therein including W is Sta, Cysta, PhSta, ChSta, DFKSta, DFKCys, DFKChs, ASta or ACys and U is -NHCH2CH2(morpholin-1-yl), -NHCH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -NHCH (CH2OH) CH (CH3)CH2CH3, -LeuNHCH2Ph,
-LeuNHCH2-cyclohexyl, -LeuNH(piperidin-4-yl),
-LeuNHCH2(pyrid-2-yl) or
Figure imgf000065_0001
European Patent Application No. EP0310918, published April 12, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000065_0002
wherein R3 and R4 are as defined therein including R3 is isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl and R4 is phenyl, furyl, vinyl, ethyl or 1,2-dihydroxyethyl;
French Patent Application No. FR8700560, published July 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000065_0003
wherein R, U and B are as defined therein including R is hydrogen or hydroxyalkyl, U is Leu, Ala, Val or Ile and B is pyridyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0236948, published September 16, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000066_0001
wherein X is as defined therein including X is isobutyl or benzyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0281316, published September 7, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000066_0002
wherein R3, R4 and R5 are as defined therein including R3 is allyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl, R4 is nitromethyl,
alkoxycarbonyl or -CH2S(O)n-Rdwherein n is 0-2 and Rd is heterocyclic and R5 is hydrogen or alkyl;
German Patent Application No. DE3825242, published
February 9, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein R3 and Z are as defined therein including R3 is hydroxy or amino and Z is substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, substituted iminocarbonyl or unsubstituted or substituted phosphono, aminomethyl, thiomethyl,
sulfinylmethyl, sulfonylmethyl or phosphonomethyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0275101, published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000067_0002
wherein R2, R3, Ra, Rb, n, χ and Q are as defined therein including R2 is an amino acid side chain, R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl,
2-pyridylmethyl or an amino acid side chain, Ra is an amino acid side chain, Rb is hydrogen or alkyl or Ra and Rb taken together are -CH2-CH2-, n is 1-10, X is hydrogen, CH2, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,
cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl or 2-pyridylmethyl and Q is hydrogen, alkyl, arylakyl, alkoxycarbonyl or an amino acid residue; PCT Patent Application No. WO 89/01488, published February 23, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
-E10-F11-G12-H13-I14-Z wherein E10, F10, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein including -E10-F11- is
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
wherein R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Rχι is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or
thioalkoxyalkyl, R21 is hydroxy or amino, R22 is hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl,
aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, R24 is R1 hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl, G12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H13 is absent or an amino acid residue, I14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy,
substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;
European Patent Application No. EP0275101, published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000069_0002
wherein R1, G12, H13 and X are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, G12 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by O, H13 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by O and X is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;
European Patent Application No. EP0312291, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000070_0001
wherein R1, Y, X and E are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, 1,3-dithiolan-2-yl or 1,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH2-C(R13)(R14)- wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
substituted alkyl, alkanoyloxy, substituted
aminocarbonyloxy, substituted carbonylamino, substituted aminocarbonylamino, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfide, amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino or heterocyclic, Y is CH2, O, S, SO or SO2 or X and Y taken together is -(CH2)4- and E is hydrogen, aryl, heterocyclic, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl; European Patent Application No. EP0312283, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein R1, X and E are as defined therein including R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, 1,3-dithiolan-2-yl or 1,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH2-C(R13)(R14)- wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
substituted alkyl, alkanoyloxy, substituted
aminocarbonyloxy, substituted carbonylamino, substituted aminocarbonylamino, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfide, amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino or heterocyclic and E is hydrogen, aryl, heterocyclic, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0312158, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000071_0002
wherein r, R7, R4, R11, R9, R10a, Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, R10 and R10a are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, R9 is -(CH2)s-NR11R12 wherein s is 1-2 and R11 and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl
substituted by -SO3H, aminocarbonylalkyl,
alkylaminocarbonylalkyl or dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R8))-, -CH(OH)CH2- or -CH(N(R8))CH2- wherein R8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;
European Patent Application No. EP0312157, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000072_0001
wherein r, R7, R4, R10, R9, R10a, Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R7 is alkyl, aryl or
cycloalkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, R10 and R10a are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, R9 is - (CH2)s-NR11R12 wherein s is 1-2 and R11 and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl substituted by -SO3H, aminocarbonylalkyl,
alkylaminocarbonylalkyl or dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R8))-, -CH(OH)CH2- or -CH(N(R8))CH2- wherein R8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is substituted alkylamino, substituted alkoxy,
heterocyclic, heterocyclicamino or substiute guanidino;
European Patent Application No. EP0314239, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000073_0001
wherein r, R7, R4, Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R8))-, -CH(OH)CH2- or -CH(N(R8))CH2- wherein R8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is amino, hydroxy, substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;
South African Patent Application No. 866642, published February 24, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000074_0001
wherein R' and R" are as defined therein including R' is fluoro and R" is hydrogen or fluoro;
European Patent Application No. EP0273696, published July 6, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000074_0002
wherein n, R2, R10 and E are as defined therein including n is 0-5, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R10 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl and E is -CH(W)-G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C(O)-T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(R13)- wherein R13 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;
European Patent Application No. EP0278158, published
August 17, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein n, R7, R10 and E are as defined therein including n is 0-3, R7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl, R10 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl,
(heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl,
hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl and E is -CH(W)-G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C(O)-T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(R13)- wherein R13 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;
German Patent Application No. DE3721855, published
September 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000075_0002
wherein n, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, E and D are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy or cycloalkylalkyl, R4 is (H,OH),
(H,NH2) or O, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl. R6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues and D is
-CH2CHOHCH2OH, substituted sulfonyl, substituted
sulfonylalkyl, substituted carbonyl, substituted phosphonyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl, furyl, furylalkyl, thienyl, thienylalkyl, pyridyl, pyridylalkyl or other (heterocyclic)alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0309841, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein n, R3, R4, R5, R6 and E are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R4 is
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
(heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy or
cycloalkylalkyl, R5 is (H,OH), (H,NH2) or O, R6 is
hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl and E is -SR7, -SOR7, -SO2R7, -SO2OR7 or -SO2NR7R8 wherein R7 and R8 are independently selected from R4;
European Patent Application No. EP0292800, published
November 30, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val
cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000076_0002
wherein n, R3, R4, R5, R6, E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic. (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R5 is (H,OH), (H,NH2), or O, R6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is O or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl;
European Patent Application No. EP0249096, published
December 16, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000077_0001
wherein n, R3, R4, R5, R6, E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R5 is (H,OR12), (H,NR12R13), or O wherein R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl. R6 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is O or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl; and
European Patent Application No. EP0264795, published April 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula
Figure imgf000077_0002
wherein n, R2, R3, R4, E and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,
(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or
alkoxy, R4 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is -C(O)NH-, -C(S)NH-, -C(O)O-, -SO2-, -SO2NH-, or -PO(OA)O- wherein A is
hydrogen or alkyl and Y is carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
substituted carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl,
aminocarbonylalkyl, substituted aminocarbonylalkyl,
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl or
cycloalkylalkyl; or E-Y is pyrrolidinocarbonyl,
piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl,
pyrrolidinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl or
morpholinosulfonyl.
The term "substituted amino" as used herein refers to:
I) alkylamino,
II) dialkylamino,
III) (hydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino,
IV) (dihydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino,
V) alkoxycarbonylalkylamino,
VI) carboxyalkylamino,
VII) (amino)carboxyalkylamino,
VIII) ((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkylamino,
IX) (alkylamino)carboxyalkylamino,
X) ( (N-protected)alkylamino)carboxyalkylamino,
XI) (dialkylamino)caboxyalkylamino,
XII) (amino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino,
XIII) ((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino,
XIV) (alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino,
XV) ((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonyl- alkylamino,
XVI) (dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino,
XVII) (alkoxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino,
XVIII) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino,
XIX) di-(alkoxyalkyl)amino,
XX) di-(alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)amino,
XXI) di-(hydroxyaIkyl)amino,
XXII) ((unsubstituted heterocyclic)alkyl)(alkyl)- amino,
XXIII) ((substituted heterocyclic)alkyl)(alkyl)- amino,
Figure imgf000079_0001
wherein aa is 1 to 5 and R6 and R7 are
independently selected from
1) hydrogen,
2) hydroxy,
3) alkoxy,
4) thioalkoxy,
5) alkoxyalkoxy,
6) carboxy,
7) alkoxycarbonyl,
8) halogen,
9) amino,
10) alkylamino,
11) dialkylamino,
12) alkylsulfonylamino,
13) arylsulfonylamino, 14) alkylaminocarbonylamino,
15) alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
16) alkoxycarbonyloxy,
Figure imgf000080_0001
wherein dd is 1 to 5,
and
18) R8-Z- wherein
Z is O, S or NH and R8 is a C1 to C6 straight or branched carbon chain
substituted by a substituent selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryl and heterocyclic;
Figure imgf000080_0002
wherein R9 is
1) O,
2) S,
3) SO2 or
4 ) C=O ; or
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein R10 is
1) hydrogen,
2) loweralkyl,
3) an N-protecting group or
4) R11-C(O)- wherein R11 is
aminoalkyl, (N-protected)aminoalkyl, 1- amino-2-phenylethyl or 1-(N- protected)amino-2- phenylethyl.
The term "substituted methylene group" as used herein refers to:
(I) -CHR13 R14 wherein
1) R13 is
i) hydrogen or
ii) hydroxy
and
2) R 14 is
i) hydrogen,
ii) loweralkyl,
iii) hydroxy,
iv) hydroxyalkyl,
v) alkoxy,
vi) alkoxyalkyl,
vii) azido,
viii) azidoalkyl,
ix) amino. x) (N-protected)amino,
xi) aminoalkyl,
xii) (N-protected)aminoalkyl,
xiii) alkylamino,
xiv) (N-protected)(alkyl)amino, xv) alkylaminoalkyl,
xvi) (N-protected)(alkyl)- aminoalkyl,
xvii) dialkylamino,
xviii) dialkylaminoalkyl,
xix) carboxyalkyl,
xx) thioalkoxy,
xxi) thioalkoxyalkyl,
xxii) alkylsulfonyl,
xxiii) alkylsulfonylalkyl,
xxiv) thioaryloxy,
xxv) thioaryloxyalkyl,
xxvi) arylsulfonyl,
xxvii) arylsulfonylalkyl,
xxviii) (unsubstituted heterocyclic)- alkyl,
xxix) (substituted heterocyclic)alkyl, xxx) cycloalkyl or
xxxi) cycloalkylalkyl,
such that when R13 is hydroxy then R14 is not hydroxy, alkoxy, azido, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (N-protected)amino, (N-protected)(alkyl)amino, thioalkoxy, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, and such that when R13 is hydrogen then R14 is not hydrogen or loweralkyl;
(II) -C(=CH2)C(O)NHR15,
(III) -C(OH)(R16)C(O)NHR15 or (IV) -CH(R16)C(O)NHR15 wherein
1) R is
i) loweralkyl,
ii) hydroxyalkyl, iii) alkoxyalkyl, iv) aminoalkyl,
v) alkylaminoalkyl, vi) dialkylaminoalkyl, vii) aryl,
viii) heterocyclic or ix) (heterocyclic)alkyl and 2) R16 is
i) hydrogen,
ii) loweralkyl,
iii) hydroxyalkyl, iv) haloalkyl or
v) azidoalkyl;
Figure imgf000083_0001
wherein
1) t is 0 to 3,
2) R20 is
i) CH2 or
ii) N and
3) R21 is
i) NH,
ii) O,
iii) S or iv) SO2,
such that when t is 0 then R20 is CH2 and
when t is 1 to 3 then R20 is N,
(VI) -CH2CH(R22)C(O)NHR23 wherein
1) R22 is
i) loweralkyl or
ii) cycloalkylalkyl
and
2) R23 is
i) loweralkyl,
ii) hydroxyalkyl,
iii) alkoxyalkyl,
iv) aminoalkyl,
v) alkylaminoalkyl,
vi) dialkylaminoalkyl,
vii) aryl,
viii) arylalkyl
ix) heterocyclic,
x) (heterocyclic) alkyl or
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein
a) u is 0 to 3,
b) R24 is CH2 or N and c) R25 is NH, O, S or
SO2,
such that when u is 0 then R24 is CH2 and when u is 1 to 3 then R24 is N;
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein
1) R22 is as defined above and
2) R74 is
i) hydrogen,
ii) loweralkyl,
iii) an N-protecting group or iv) R75-C(O)- wherein R75 is
aminoalkyl or (N-protected)- aminoalkyl;
Figure imgf000085_0002
wherein
1) R26 is
i) loweralkyl or
ii) cycloalkylalkyl and
2) R27 is
i) loweralkyl or
ii) cycloalkylalkyl;
(IX) -CH2CH(R81)NHC(O)R82 or
-CH2CH(R81)NHS(O)2R82 wherein
1) R81 is
i) loweralkyl or
ii) cycloalkylalkyl and 2) R82 is
i) loweralkyl,
ii) alkoxy,
iii) alkylamino,
iv) dialkylamino,
v) -OR100 wherein R100 is aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl or (heterocyclic)alkyl or
Figure imgf000086_0001
wherein R21 is
as defined above;
(X) -CH2NHC(O)R82 or -CH2NHS(O)2R82 wherein R82 is as defined above; or
(XI) -CF2CH(OH)R83 wherein R83 is
loweralkyl, loweralkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heterocyclic or (heterocyclic)alkyl.
The compounds of the invention contain two or more asymmetric carbon atoms and thus can exist as pure diastereomers, mixtures of distereomers, diastereomeric racemates or mixtures of diastereomeric racemates. The present invention includes within its scope all of the isomeric forms. The terms "R" and "S" configuration as used herein are as defined by IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, Pure Appl. Chem. (1976) 45, 13-30. When stereochemical designators are followed by " * " , for example "R*" or "S*", the configuration of the carbon atom is meant to be the relative configuration and not the absolute configuration.
The term "N-protecting group" or "N-protected" as used herein refers to those groups intended to protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures or to prevent the attack of exopeptidases on the final compounds or to increase the solubility of the final compounds and includes but is not limited to acyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or benzoyl groups or an L- or Daminoacyl residue, which may itself be N-protected similarly.
The term "loweralkyl" as used herein refers to
straight or branched chain alkyl radicals containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-methylhexyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl and the like.
The term "loweralkenyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
The term "aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NH2 appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein refers to -OH appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "alkylamino" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical appended to an NH radical.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to an aliphatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein refers to an cycloalkyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including, but not limited to cyclohexylmethyl and the like.
The term "cycloalkenyl" as used herein refers to an aliphatic ring having 3-7 carbon atoms and also having at least one carbon-carbon double bond including, but not limited to, cyclohexenyl and the like..
The term "cycloalkenylalkyl" as used herein refers to a cycloalkenyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The terms "alkoxy" and "thioalkoxy" as used herein refer to R30O- and R30S-, respectively, wherein R30 is a loweralkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The term "alkoxyalkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy radical, including, but not limited to methoxymethoxy and the like.
The term "((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy group which is itself appended to an alkoxy radical including, but not limited to, methoxyethoxymethoxy and the like.
The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "(thioalkoxy)alkyl" as used herein refers to thioalkoxy appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "dialkylamino" as used herein refers to - NR31R32 wherein R31 and R32 are independently selected from loweralkyl groups.
The term "((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkyl" refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy group which is appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl" as used here refers to an ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical including, but not limited to,
methoxyethoxymethoxymethyl and the like.
The term "(hydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR33R34 wherein R33 is hydroxyalkyl and R34 is loweralkyl.
The term "alkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR200 wherein R200 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "dialkylamino" as used herein refers to -NR201R202 wherein R201 and R202 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
The term "(N-protected)(alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR34R35 wherein R34 is a loweralkyl group and R35 is an N-protecting group.
The term "N-protected aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to NHR35 appended to a loweralkyl group, wherein R35 is an N-protecting group.
The term "alkylaminoalkyl" as used herein refers to NHR36 appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R36 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "(N-protected)(alkyl)aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to NR35R36, which is appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R35 and R36 are as defined above.
The term "dialkylaminoalkyl" as used herein refers to NR39R40 is appended to a loweralkyl radical wherein R39 and R40 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "alkoxycarbonylalkyl" as used herein refers to R41COR42- wherein R41 is an alkoxy group and R42 is a loweralkyl radical. The term "(amino)carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an amino group (-NH2).
The term "((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and -NHR43 wherein R43 is an N-protecting group.
The term "(alkylamino)carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an alkylamino group.
The term "((N-protected)alkylamino)carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and an -NR43R44 wherein R43 is as defined above and R44 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "(dialkylamino)carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) and -NR45R46 wherein R45 and R46 are independently selected from loweralkyl.
The term "(amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and an amino group (-NH2).
The term "((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NHR43 wherein R43 is as defined above.
The term "(alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and an alkylamino group as defined above. The term "((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NR43R44 wherein R43 and R44 are as defined above.
The term "(dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonyalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical to which is appended an alkoxycarbonyl group as defined above and -NR45-R44 wherein R45 and R44 are as defined above.
The term "carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR47 wherein R47 is a carboxyalkyl group.
The term "alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR48 wherein R48 is an alkoxycarbonylakyl group.
The term "(amino)carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR49 wherein R49 is an (amino)carboxyalkyl group.
The term "((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR50 wherein R50 is an ((N-protected)amino)carboxyalkyl group.
The term" (alkylamino)carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR51 wherein R51 is an (alkylamino)carboxyalkyl group.
The term "((N-protected)alkylamino)-carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR52 wherein R52 is an ((N-protected)alkylamino)carboxyalkyl group.
The term "(dialkylamino)carboxyalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR53 wherein R53 is a
(dialkylamino)carboxyalkyl group. The term" (amino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR54 wherein R54 is an
(amino) alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term "((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR55 wherein R55 is an ((N-protected)amino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term "(alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR56 wherein R56 is an
(alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term "((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR57 wherein R57 is an ((N-protected)alkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term "(dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkylamino" as used herein refers to -NHR58 wherein R58 is a (dialkylamino)alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
The term "polyalkoxy" as used herein refers to -OR59 wherein R59 is a straight or branched chain containing 1-5, Cgg-O-Chh linkages wherein gg and hh are independently selected from 1 to 3, including, but not limited to
methoxyethoxymethoxy, ethoxyethoxymethoxy and the like.
The term "(dihydroxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl group which is disubstituted with -OH radicals, appended to an amino group, which amino group also has appended another loweralkyl group.
The term "di- (hydroxyalkyl) amino" as used herein refers to "NR60R61 wherein R60 and R61 are hydroxyalkyl residues. The term "alkoxyalkyl(alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR62R63 wherein R62 is an alkoxyalkyl group and R63 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "di- (alkoxyalkyl) amino" as used herein refers to -NR64R65 wherein R64 and R65 are alkoxyalkyl groups.
The term "(alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)(alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR 66R67 wherein R66 is an
alkoxyalkoxyalkyl group and R67 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "di-(alkoxyalkoxyalkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR68R69 wherein R68 and R69 are
alkoxyalkoxyalkyl groups .
The terms "((unsubstituted
heterocyclic)alkyl)(alkyl)amino and ((substituted
heterocyclic)alkyl)(alkyl)amino" as used herein refer to an amino radical substituted by a loweralkyl group and an (unsubstituted heterocyclic)alkyl group or a (substituted heterocyclic)alkyl group, respectively.
The term "(heterocyclic)alkyl" or "heterocyclic ring substituted alkyl" as used herein refers to a heterocyclic group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including but not limited to imidazolylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl.
The term "azidoalkyl" as used herein refers to -N3 appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "alkylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to R70S(O)2- wherein R70 is a loweralkyl residue.
The term "alkylsulfonylalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "aryl" as used herein refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or more aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl and the like; or "aryl" refers to a heterocyclic aromatic ring as defined below. Aryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from loweralkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, halo, mercapto, nitro, carboxaldehyde, carboxy, carboalkoxy and carboxamide.
The term "arylalkyl" as used herein refers to an aryl group appended to a loweralkyl radical including, but not limited to, benzyl, naphthylmethyl and the like.
The terms "aryloxy" and "thioaryloxy" as used herein refer to R71O- or R71S-, respectively, wherein R71 is an aryl group.
The terms "aryloxyalkyl" and "thioaryloxyalkyl" as used herein refer to an aryloxy group or a thioaryloxy group, respectively, appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The terms "arylalkoxy" and "arylthioalkoxy" as used herein refer to an aryl group appended to an alkoxy radical or a thioalkoxy radical, respectively, including, but not limited to, phenoxymethyl, thiophenoxymethyl and the like.
The terms "arylalkoxyalkyl" and "arylthioalkoxyalkyl" as used herein refer to an arylalkoxy group or an
arylthioalkoxy group, respectively, appended to a
loweralkyl radical.
The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to R72S(O)2- wherein R72 is an aryl group.
The term "arylsulfonylalkyl" as used herein refers to an arylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.
The term "alkylsulfonylamino" as used herein refers to R76NH- wherein R76 is an alkylsulfonyl group.
The term "arylsulfonylamino" as used herein refers R77NH- wherein R77 is an arylsulfonyl group. The term " (heterocyclic) sulfonyl" as used herein refers to R72aS(O)2- wherein R72a is a heterocyclic group.
The term "alkylaminocarbonylamino" as used herein refers to R76NHCONH- wherein R78 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "alkylaminocarbonyloxy" as used herein refers to R76NHC(O)O- wherein R76 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "alkoxycarbonyloxy" as used herein refers to R80OC(O)O- wherein R80 is a loweralkyl group.
The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein refers to Cl, Br, F or I substituents.
The term "haloalkyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen including, but not limited to,
fluoromethyl, 2-chloroethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2-dichloroethyl and the like.
The term "O-protecting group" as used herein refers to a substituent which protects hydroxyl groups and includes but is not limited to substituted methyl ethers, for example, methoxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and tehahydropyranyl; substituted ethyl ethers, for example, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, t-butyl, benzyl and triphenylmethyl; silyl ethers, for example, trimethylsilyl,
t-butyldimethylsilyl and t-butyldiphenylsilyl; cyclic acetals and ketals, for example, methylene acetal,
acetonide and benzylidene acetal; cyclic ortho esters, for example, methoxymethylene; cyclic carbonates; and cyclic boronates.
The term "heterocyclic group" or "heterocyclic" as used herein refers to any 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring containing a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, or a 5- or 6-membered ring containing two or three nitrogen atoms; or one nitrogen and one oxygen atom; or one nitrogen and one sulfur atom; wherein the 5-membered ring has 0-2 double bonds and the 6-membered ring has 0-3 double bonds; wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized; wherein the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized; and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring or another 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring independently as defined above. Heterocyclics in which nitrogen is the heteroatom are preferred. Fully saturated heterocyclics are also preferred. Preferred heterocyclics include: pyrryl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, pyrazinyl,
piperazinyl, N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N-methyl azetidinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl,
oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl,
benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furyl, thienyl, triazolyl and benzothienyl.
Heterocyclics can be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted with substitutents independently selected from hydroxy, halo, oxo (=O), alkylimino (R*N= wherein R* is a loweralkyl group), amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, polyalkoxy, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl.
The most preferred heterocyclics include imidazolyl, pyridyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N- methyl azetidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl and the following:
Figure imgf000097_0001
wherein b is 1 or 2 and W is N, NH, O S, provided that-W is the point of connection only when T is N,
Figure imgf000097_0002
wherein Y is NH, N-loweralkyl, O, S, or SO2, or
Figure imgf000097_0003
wherein the symbols (i), (ii) and (iii) represent 5-membered heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms and containing 2 double bonds; wherein Z1 is N, O, or S and not the point of connection and Z2 is N when it is the point of connection and NH, O or S when it is not the point of connection.
The terms "His", "Phe", "HomoPhe", "Ala", "Leu" and "norLeu" as used herein refer to histidine, phenylalanine, homophenylalanine, alanine, leucine and norleucine, respectively.
The compounds of the invention can be prepared as shown in Schemes I - VI. The syntheses of the mimics of the Leu-Val transition state of angiotensinogen (T) are described herein, or in Fung, et al., PCT Patent
Application No. WO90/03971, published April 19, 1990, which is hereby incorporated by reference, or in the references previously incorporated by reference herein.
In particular, the process shown in Scheme I
illustrates the preparation of substituted cyclopropane dicarboxylates wherein A is -C(O)NR'R" wherein -NR'R" represents -NH2, a substituted amino group as defined herein or a nitrogen containing heterocyclic group; and R and R1 are as defined herein. The relative
stereochemistry is cis between the R1 and R'R"NC(O)-groups (when R = H), the carboxylic acid being trans to R1 and R'R"NCO (when R = H). As illustrated in Scheme I, cyclopropanation of the appropriately protected cis
allylic alcohol (TBS represents t-butyldimethylsilyl) provides the cyclopropyl isomers III and IV, which are then separated. The epimer indicated is oxidized to V and the resulting acid is coupled with the amine (HNR'R") to give amide VI. Acid hydrolysis furnishes the cyclopropane carboxylic acid VII. Using standard peptide coupling reagents (such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide/dimethylaminopyridine or N-methylmorpholine/1-hydroxybenzo triazole/N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide and the like), compounds VII can be coupled to the amine XXX to give the desired compound 1 (Scheme VI).
Using the methods shown in scheme II, the epimeric trans series (R trans to R'R"NCO- when R1 = H) ) is
prepared. The half acid chloride of fumaric acid VIII is reacted with the amine (HNR'R") to give the amide IX.
Reaction of IX with the ylide produces the cyclopropane carboxylic ester X. Acid hydrolysis of X yields the cyclopropane carboxylic acid XI which can be coupled to the amine XXX to give compound 1.
An alternative synthesis of the substituted
cyclopropane carboxylic acids is shown in Scheme III. The stabilized phosphonium ylide XIV is reacted with an aldehyde (RCHO) to produce the trans unsaturated amide XV. The unsaturated amide, when reacted with ethyl- (dimethylsulfuranylidine)-acetate or 2-substituted
dimethylsulfuranylidme acetates, affords the cyclopropane ester XVI. Acid hydrolysis of XVI gives the cyclopropane carboxylic acid XVII.
Schemes IV and Va illustrate the preparation of compounds wherein A is -S(O)2NR'R" or A is -NHC(O)R96 wherein R96 is as defined herein, respectively.
Cyclopropanation of the cis vinyl sulfide XVIII affords the cyclopropyl sulfide XIX which is oxidized with
chlorine/water to give the crude sulfonyl chloride XX.
The crude sulfonyl chloride is treated with an amine
(HNR'R") to give the sufonamide XXI. Hydrolysis produces the cyclopropane sulfonamide XXII.
The substituted amino cyclopropane series,
illustrated by compound XXIX, is prepared by the process outlined in Scheme Va. Dibromocarbene addition to the protected allylic alcohol (TBS represents t-butyldimethylsilyl) and selective metallation using the
procedure of Danheiser et al., J. Org. Chem. 1985, 50 , 2403, gives the bromocyclopropane XXV. A second
metallation produces the cyclopropyllithium species XXVI, which is trapped by carbon dioxide to give the acid XXVII. Curtius rearrangement affords the intermediate isocyanate which reacts with an alcohol, amine or Grignard reagent to produce a carbamate, urea or amide XXVIII.
Deprotection and oxidation gives the carboxylic acid XXIX.
The sulfoxide and sulfone substituted cyclopropanes can be obtained by the process outlined in Scheme Vb.
Compound XXVI is trapped by a disulfide (for example, R** is loweralkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, etc.) to give the sulfide XXVIIa. Deprotection, oxidation of the sulfur and
oxidation of the alcohol provides XVIIc (z is 1 or 2).
The process disclosed in Scheme VI describes the coupling of the substituted cyclopropyl carboxylic acids XXXI (wherein A is as defined herein) with the mimic of the Leu-Val transition state of angiotensinogen, such as amine XXX (wherein T is as defined herein) using standard peptide coupling reagents such as N-methylmorpholine
(NMM), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDAC) to give the desired compound 1.
Scheme VII discloses an intramolecular route to substituted cyclopropanes XXXI wherein A is exemplified by a morpholinocarbonyl group and R1 is hydrogen. AIIylic alcohol XXXII is transformed to the corresponding
diazoacetic ester XXXIII. Copper catalyzed cyclopropanation gives lactone XXXIV. Reaction of the lactone with a nucleophile (in this case, morpholine) provides amide XXXV. Oxidation to the aldehyde, followed by epimerization of the aldehyde group and further
oxidation, provides the carboxylic acid XXXVI, which can be coupled to XXX (according to Scheme VI) to give 1.
The process outlined in Scheme VIII allows
epimerization of the amide substituent, leading to XXXVII.
Routes to optically active intermediate XXXIV are shown in Schemes IX and X. Enzymatic oxidation (horse liver alcohol dehydrogenase (HLADH)) of diol XXXVIII yields enantiomerically pure XXXIX, which can be oxidized to enantiomerically pure XL. Alternatively (Scheme X), intramolecular cyclopropanation of XXXIII catalyzed by a chiral catalyst (Rhodium (II) methyl(S)-pyroglutamic acid (Rh2(5S-MEPY)4) or (Rhodium (II) methyl(R)-pyroglutamic acid (Rh2(5R-MEPY)4) provides the enantiomers XLI and XLII, respectively.
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Particularly useful intermediates for the preparation of the novel compounds of this invention are compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000110_0002
or an acid halide or activated ester derivative thereof.
A is
(I) R5C(O)- wherein
R5 is
i) hydroxy,
ii) alkoxy, iii) thioalkoxy,
iv) loweralkyl,
v) heterocyclic,
vi) amino or
vii) substituted amino;
(II) R90N(R150)C(O)- wherein R150 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R90 is
a C1 to C8 straight or branched
carbon chain substituted with a
substituent selected from
1) carboxy,
2) alkoxycarbonyl,
3) alkylsulfonyl,
4) aryl,
5) arylsulfonyl,
6) heterocyclic,
7) (heterocyclic)sulfonyl,
8) amino,
9) alkylamino,
10) dialkylamino,
11) alkoxy,
12) (alkoxy)alkoxy or
13) ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy;
(III) R95S(O)w- wherein w is 0-2 and R95 is
1) loweralkyl,
2) aryl,
3) heterocyclic,
4) -NH2 or
5) substituted amino;
(IV) R96C(O)N(R151)- wherein R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is 1) loweralkyl,
2) cycloalkyl,
3) aryl,
4) heterocyclic,
5) alkoxy,
6) thioalkoxy,
7) aryloxy,
8) thioaryloxy,
9) substituted amino,
10) R97NH- wherein R97 is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic
11) (heterocyclic)alkyl,
12) aminoalkyl,
13) alkylaminoalkyl,
14) dialkylaminoalkyl,
15) alkoxyalkyl,
16) (alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl or
17) ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl; or
(V) R96S(O)xN(R151) - wherein x is 1 or 2, R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is defined as herein.
R and R1 are independently selected from
(I) hydrogen,
(II) aryl,
(III) loweralkyl,
(IV) loweralkenyl,
(V) cycloalkyl,
(VI) cycloalkenyl,
(VII) aryloxyalkyl,
(VIII) thioaryloxyalkyl, (IX) arylalkoxyalkyl,
(X) arylthioalkoxyalkyl and
(XI) a C1 to C3 straight or branched
carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from
1) alkoxy,
2) thioalkoxy,
3) aryl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) cycloalkenyl and
6) heterocyclic.
Other useful intermediates for the preparation of the novel compounds of the invention are compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000113_0001
or an acid halide or activated ester derivative thereof.
A is
(I) R5C(O)- wherein
R5 is
i) hydroxy,
ii) alkoxy,
iii) thioalkoxy,
iv) loweralkyl,
v) heterocyclic, vi) amino or
vii) substituted amino;
(II) R90N(R150)C(O)- wherein R150 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R90 is
a C1 to C8 straight or branched
carbon chain substituted with a
substituent selected from
1) carboxy,
2) alkoxycarbonyl,
3) alkylsulfonyl,
4) aryl,
5) arylsulfonyl,
6) heterocyclic,
7) (heterocyclic)sulfonyl,
8) amino,
9) alkylamino,
10) dialkylamino,
11) alkoxy,
12) (alkoxy)alkoxy or
13) ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxy;
(III) R95S(O)w- wherein w is 0-2 and R95 is
1) loweralkyl,
2) aryl,
3) heterocyclic,
4) -NH2 or
5) substituted amino;
(IV) R96C(O)N(R151)- wherein R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is
1) loweralkyl,
2) cycloalkyl,
3) aryl. 4) heterocyclic,
5) alkoxy,
6) thioalkoxy,
7) aryloxy,
8) thioaryloxy,
9) substituted amino,
10) R97NH- wherein R97 is loweralkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic
11) (heterocyclic)alkyl,
12) aminoalkyl,
13) alkylaminoalkyl,
14) dialkylaminoalkyl,
15) alkoxyalkyl,
16) (alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl or
17) ((alkoxy)alkoxy)alkoxyalkyl; or
(V) R96S (O)xN(R151)- wherein x is 1 or 2, R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is defined as herein.
R and R1 are independently selected from
(I) hydrogen,
(II) aryl,
(III) loweralkyl,
(IV) loweralkenyl,
(V) cycloalkyl,
(VI) cycloalkenyl,
(VII) aryloxyalkyl,
(VIII) thioaryloxyalkyl,
(IX) arylalkoxyalkyl,
(X) arylthioalkoxyalkyl and
(XI) a C1 to C3 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from
1) alkoxy,
2) thioalkoxy,
3) aryl,
4) cycloalkyl,
5) cycloalkenyl and
6) heterocyclic.
R3 is
(I) loweralkyl,
(II) haloalkyl,
(III) loweralkenyl,
(IV) cycloalkylalkyl,
(V) cycloalkenylalkyl,
(VI) alkoxyalkyl,
(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl,
(VIII) (alkoxyalkoxy)alkyl,
(IX) hydroxyalkyl,
(X) -(CH2)eeNHR12
wherein
1) ee is 1 to 3 and
2) R12 is
i) hydrogen,
ii) loweralkyl or
iii) an N-protecting group;
(XI) arylalkyl or
(XII) (heterocyclic)alkyl.
Acid halide derivatives of the above intermediates include the acid chloride. Activated ester derivatives of the above intermediates include activated esters commonly used by those skilled in the art for activating carboxylic acid groups for coupling with an amine to form a peptide bond, including, but not limited to formic and acetic acid derived anhydrides, anhydrides derived from alkoxycarbonyl halides such as isobutyloxycarbonylchloride and the like, N-hydroxysuccinimide derived esters, N-hydroxyphthalimide derived esters, N-hydroxybenzotriazole derived esters, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxamide derived esters, 4-nitrophenol derived esters, 2,4,5-trichlorophenol derived esters and the like.
Compounds of the invention include the following: (1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morρholinyl)-carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3R*)-3-Benzyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecabonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanineamide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)- Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-histidyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-cyclohexyl methylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-benzyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl-L-histidyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-leucyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-nor-leucyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of N-Butyl 5(S)-Amino-6-cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-5(S)-isopropylhexamide;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of (2'S, 1'R, 5'S)-3-Ethyl-5-(1'-hydroxy-2'amino- 3'cyclohexylpropyl)-oxazolidin-2-one;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of
(2S,4S,1'R,2'S)-2-(2-Amino-3-cyclohexyl-1-hydroxy)-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran;
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-ρhenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*, 2S*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2 (S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; and (1R,2R,3R),-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.
The following examples will serve to further
illustrate preparation of the novel compounds of the invention.
Example 1
( Z )-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl(2-pentenyloxy)siIane
To a solution of 1.5 g (17.4 mmol) of (Z)-2-penten-1-ol in anhydrous DMF (5.7 mL) was added t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (3.16 g, 20.9 mmol) followed by imidazole (1.42 g, 20.9 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred 1.5 h at room temperature. The reaction was then poured into an equal volume of Et2O and washed sequentially with 10 mL of water, 1 N HCl, and water. The organic fraction was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reduced pressure distillation to furnish 3.36g (96%) of the protected allylic alcohol as a clear oil; bp 90 °C (32 mm Hg); 1H NMR (CDCl) δ 5.50-5.40 (comp,
2H), 4.22 (d, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz), 2.04 (dq, 2H, J = 7.2, 7.5 Hz), 0.96 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz) 0.90 (s, 9H) , 0.07 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 132.5, 128.9, 59.3, 26.0, 25.6, 18.3, 14.2, -5.1; IR (neat) V 2940, 2840, 1270, 1105, 850, 800. Mass spectrum m/e: 200, 143, 75.
Example 2
(Z ) - (1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl((5-methyl-2-hexenyl)oxy) silane
Using the procedure in example 1 and 1.5 g (13.2 mmol) of (Z)-5-methyl-2-hexen-1-ol, 2.38 g (15.8 mmol) of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 1.07 g (15.8 mmol) of imidazole gave 2.51 g (83%) of the protected alcohol; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 5.60-5.50 (m, 1H), 5.50-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.22
(d, 2H, J = 6.1 Hz), 1.92 (t, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.61 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.90 (comp, 15H), 0.07 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 130.3, 129.5, 59.5, 36.7, 28.6, 26.0, 22.3, 18.3, -5.1; IR (neat) V 3000, 2900, 1280, 1120, 870, 810. Mass spectrum m/e: 171, 115, 75.
Example 3
(1 R*, 2R*,3S*) -2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl siloxymethyl]-3-ethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
To a solution of 716 mg (3.58 mmol) of protected allylic alcohol from example 1 in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1 M) was added Rh2 (OAc) 4 (18 mg, 0.04 mmol). Ethyl diazoacetate (474 mg, 4.16 mmol) in 3.6 mL of CH2Cl2 was then added dropwise via a syringe pump to the green solution over a period of 5-8 h at room temperature.
During the course of the addition, the evolution of N2 was evident. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue
(approx. 1 g) was passed through a plug of silica gel (10 g) using a 20:1 hexanes:EtOAc as eluant. The ratio of product isomers was (1.2 : 1) as determined by 1H NMR. The major product was isolated in 21% yield by flash chromatography (40:1 hexanes:EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
4.09 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.74 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3, 11.1 Hz),
3.58 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8, 11.1 Hz), 1.80-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.50- 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.30 (comp, 5H), 1.01 (t, 3H, J = 7.2
Hz), 0.87 (comp, 12H), 0.09 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ
173.8, 60.9, 60.1, 29.1, 28.8, 25.8, 24.7, 20.6, 18.1, 14.1, 13.8, -5.4, -5.4; IR (neat) v 3000, 1750, 1280,
1200, 1120, 870, 810. Mass spectrum m/e 229,103, 83, 75; Exact mass calculated for CιsH3iθ3Si: 287.204249. Found 287.203239.
Example 4
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl siloxymethyl]-3-(2-methyl-propyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 3 and 630 mg (2.75 mmol) of protected alcohol from example 2, 313 mg (2.75 mmol) of ethyl diazoacetate and 12 mg (0.027 mmol) of Rh2(OAc)4 in 4 mL of CH2Cl2, the diastereomeric
cyclopropane adducts were obtained in a 2:1 ratio. The major product was isolated in 35% yield by HPLC (50:1 hexanes:EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.10 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.70 (dd, 1 H, J = 6.4, 11.1 Hz), 3.60 (dd, 1H, J = 7.4, 11.1 Hz), 1.80-1.60 (comp, 2H), 1.55-1.35 (comp, 2H), 1.30-1.10 (comp, 5H), 1.00-0.80 (comp, 18H) 0.04 (s, 3H), 0.03 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 174.0, 61.1, 60.3, 36.1,
28.7, 28.5, 25.8, 25.7, 25.2, 22.7, 22.2, 18.2, 14.3, -5.3, -5.3; IR (neat) V 2970, 1730, 1270, 1200, 1110, 860,
800. Mass spectrum m/e: 315, 299, 257, 183; Exact mass calculated for C17H35O3Si: 315.235549. Found 315.233119
Example 5
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethylcyclopropanedicarboxylic acid monoethyl ester
To a solution of the silyl ether from example 3 (46 mg, 0.16 mmol) in 0.8 mL acetone (0.25 M) at 0°C was added 1.9 mg (0.32 mmol) of anhydrous potassium fluoride followed by 0.11 mL of 8 N Jones reagent (0.7mL/mmol).
The reaction was stirred for 2 h in an ice bath before diluting with 2 mL of water. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 × 1 volume) and the combined extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The product was found to be pure by NMR spectroscopy and used without purification.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.70 (br s, 1H), 4.14 (q, 2H, J = 7.2
Hz), 2.28 (dd, 1H, J = 4.6, 9.5 Hz), 2.14 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 6.0 Hz), 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.98 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 176.5, 171.7, 61.1, 31.9, 28.3, 19.4, 14.1, 13.4; IR (neat) v 2800, 1740, 1700, 1280, 1200. Mass spectrum m/e: 186, 141, 113, 95; Exact mass calculated for C9H15O4 :
187.087034. Found: 187.096533. Example 6
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)cyclopropanedicarboxylic acid monoethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 5, 40 mg (0.13 mmol) of cyclopropyl ester from example 4, 15 mg (0.25 mmol) of anhydrous potassium fluoride and 0.089 mL of 8N Jones Reagent afforded 31 mg of the crude acid in 92% yield; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.60 (br s, 1H), 4.14 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz),
2.28 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 9.6 Hz), 2.13 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 5.9 Hz), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.51 (t, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.26 (dd, 1H, J = 6.6, 7.1 Hz), 0.93 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.89 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ
176.5, 171.8, 61.1, 34.5, 28.9, 28.3, 27.0, 22.4, 22.1, 14.2; IR (neat) v 2970, 1720, 1700, 1190. Mass spectrum m/e: 215, 197, 169; Exact mass calculated for C9H15O4:
215.1277. Found: 215.1277.
Exampl e 7
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethyl-2- (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl - cyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester
To a solution of the acid prepared in example 5 (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) in 1.0 mL of anhydrous CH2Cl2 (0.14 M) was added 41 mg (0.15 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and 2 mg (0.014 mmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), and the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C.
Anhydrous morpholine (13 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added in one portion and the reaction was warmed to room temperature. After stirring for 12 h, the solution was filtered through a pad of celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 19 mg of morpholinoamide. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.12 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.35- 2.25 (comp, 2H), 1.85-1.60 (comp, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.95 (t, 3 H, J = 7.3 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.1, 166.8, 66.9, 66.7, 60.9,
45.9, 42.4, 30.7, 28.0, 25.6, 20.0, 14.2, 13.5; IR (neat) V 3100, 1740, 1660, 1210, 1150. Mass spectrum m/e: 255, 182, 95; Exact mass calculated for C13H21NO4: 255.1474. Found: 255.1474.
Example 8
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)- carbonylcyclopropane-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Using the procedure of example 7, 31 mg (0.18 mmol) of acid from example 6, 43 mg (0.16 mmol) of DCC, 2 mg (0.15 mmol) of DMAP and 14 mg (0.16 mmol) of morpholine gave 30 mg of morpholinoamide. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.13 (m,
2H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.35-2.25 (comp, 2H), 1.80-1.70 (comp, 2H), 1.60 (m, 1H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.40-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 0.91, (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz), ) 0.88 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.1, 166.9,
66.9, 66.7, 60.8, 45.9, 42.3, 35.2, 28.3, 27.7, 27.4, 26.0, 22.5, 22.1, 14.2; IR (neat) V 2880, 1730, 1650,
1330, 1260, 1210, 1140. Mass spectrum m/e: 283, 210, 129, 95; Exact mass calculated for C15H25NO4: 283.178359. Found: 283.178100.
Example 9
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonyl- cyclopropanecarboxylic acid
To a solution of 18 mg (0.071 mmol) of ester that was prepared in example 7 in 1.0 mL of THF was added 1 mL of 2 N HCl and the mixture heated to 50 °C for 40 h. The solution was then cooled to room temperature and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 × 1 volume) and the combined extracts dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude acid was purified by flash chromatography on 150 mg silica gel using 1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid as eluant to furnish 15 mg of the title compound in 94% yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 6.00 (br s, 1H), 3.80-3.50 (comp,
8H), 2.37, (dd, 1H, J = 4.3, 9.7 Hz), 2.30 (br s, 1H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.40 (comp, 2H), 0.96 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 177.9, 166.7, 66.9, 66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 31.3, 28.5, 25.5, 20.1, 13.5; IR (CH2CI2) V 2980,
1730, 1650, 1450, 1280. Mass spectrum m/e: 227, 182, 129, 95; Exact mass calculated for C11H17NO4 : 227.1149.
Found: 227.1149
Example 10
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)- carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid Using the procedure in example 9, 25 mg (0.088 mmol) of ester from example 8, 1 mL of 2N HCl and 1 mL of THF, the crude acid was obtained in 80% yield (18 mg) after purification by flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.6 (br s, 1H),
3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.40-2.30 (comp, 2H), 1.85-1.75 (m,1H), 1.62 (m, 1H, J = 6.7 Hz), 1.39 (m, 1H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.89 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 178.0, 166.7, 66.9, 66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 35.2, 28.3, 27.9, 25.8, 22.5, 22.1; IR (CH2Cl2) V 2980, 1740, 1650, 1450, 1290, 1260, 1140. Mass spectrum m/e: 225, 210, 129, 95; Exact mass calculated for C13H21NO4:
255.1472. Found: 255.1472.
Example 11
Methyl (E)-4-morpholinyl-4-oxo-2-butenoate Methyl (E) -4-chloro-4-oxo-2-butenoate (250 mmol, 37.1 g) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of morpholine (250 mmol, 21.8 mL) in 20% aqueous NaOH (63 g) and CH2Cl2 (94 mL) over 30 min at -20 °C. The bath was allowed to slowly warm to 0 °C (1 h) and the reaction poured into a separatory funnel. The organic layer was drawn off and the aqueous portion was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 × 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed sequentially with 2 N HCl (100 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL), and water (100 mL). The solution was dried (MgSO4) and
concentrated under reduced pressure to give 14.9 g of amide. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 15.4 Hz), 6.78
(d, 1H, J= 15.4 Hz), 3.81 (s, 3H) , 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 165.4, 162.9, 133.0, 130.6, 66.1, 51.1,
42.0; IR (CH2Cl2) V 1740, 1660.
Example 12
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonyl- cyclopropane carboxylic acid methyl ester To a solution of 4.36 g (11.3 mmol) of n-butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide in 62 mL of anhydrous THF (0.18 M) at room temperature was added 4.40 mL of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 11.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min and 1.1 g (5.53 mmol) of the fumarate which was prepared in example 11 in 8 mL THF was added via cannula and the resulting solution heated to reflux for 12 h. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with a quarter volume of water and concentrated under reduced pressure to about 20% of the original volume. This solution was passed through a plug of silica gel (1:1 hexanes:EtOAc) and then further concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude cyclopropane. The ester amide was purified by HPLC (1:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afforded 189 mg (14%) of the product. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
3.70 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.36 (dd, 1H, J = 4.6,
9.4 Hz), 2.24 (dd, 1H, J = 4.8, 5.7 Hz), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 0.96 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3), δ 171.5, 169.2, 66.7, 52.0, 46.0, 42.5, 30.9,
26.8, 26.1, 19.5, 13.6.
Example 13
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl )- carbonylcyclopropane-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Using the procedure in example 12, 2.89 g (7.01 mmol) of 3-methylbutyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, 2.73 mL of
2.5 M n-butyllithium, 680 mg (3.42 mmol) of fumarate from example 11 in 46 mL of THF gave the title compound in 18% yield (163 mg) after flash chromatography. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.35 (dd, 1H, J =
4.6, 9.5 Hz), 2.23 (m, 1H, J = 4.6, 6.0 Hz), 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.40, (comp, 2H), 0.93 (d, 3H, J = 6.5 Hz), 0.89 (d, 3H, J = 6.5 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 171.4,
169.2, 66.6, 51.8, 45.9, 42.5, 34.7, 28.3, 27.8, 26.8, 25.8, 22.2, 22.1. Example 14
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester Using the procedure in example 13, 4.30 g (11.0 mmol) of 2-phenylethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, 4.30 mL, 2.5 M n-butyllithium, 1.07 g (5.4 mmol) of fumarate from example 11 in 10 mL of THF gave 500 mg the title compound in 32% yield after flash chromatography. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
7.30-7.20 (comp, 5H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 3.11 (dd, 1H, J = 6.5, 9.8 Hz), 2.95 (dd, 1H, J= 4.9, 6.4 Hz), 2.69 (dd, 1H, J = 4.9, 9.8 Hz).
Example 15
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonyl- cyclopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure in example 9, 189 mg (0.78 mmol) of the ester from example 12, 8 mL of 2 N HCl and 8 mL of THF gave the crude acid which was purified by HPLC (1:2 hexanes :EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid) to furnish 110 mg of the title compound in 62% yield. 1H (CDCI3) δ 10.00 (br s, 1H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.20 (br s, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H) 1.64 (comp, 2H), 1.00 (t, 3H, J= 6.8 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 174.3, 169.4, 66.5, 46.0, 42.6,
31.0, 26.6, 26.4, 19.5, 13.3.
Example 16
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)- carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid Using the procedure in example 9, 163 mg (0.61 mmol) of the ester prepared in example 13, 6 mL of 2 N HCl and 6 mL THF, the crude acid was isolated and purified by HPLC (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid) to give 70 mg (43%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.80 (br s, 1H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.35 (dd, 1H, J= 4.5, 9.5 Hz), 2.24 (m, 1H, J = 4.5, 6.2 Hz), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.50 (comp, 2H), 0.92 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 175.6,
169.3, 66.6, 46.0, 42.6, 34.7, 28.3, 26.7, 26.4, 22.4, 22.2.
Example 17
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure in example 9, 500 mg (1.73 mmol) of the ester prepared in example 14, 15 mL of 2 N HCl and 15 mL THF, the crude acid was isolated and purified by HPLC (1:2 hexanes :EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid) to give 200 mg (42%) the title compoud. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.80 (br s, 1H), 7.30-7.20 (comp, 5H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 3.09 (dd, 1H, J = 6.5, 9.9 Hz), 2.90 (m, 1H, J = 4.8, 6.5 Hz), 2.60 (dd, 1H, J = 4.8, 10.0 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 172.4,
168.7, 134.2, 128.6, 128.0, 127.1, 66.4, 45.9, 42.6, 32.6, 29.2, 24.4.
Example 18
4-(Chloroacetyl)-morpholine
To a stirred heterogeneous mixture of morpholine (0.40 mol, 34.8 g), 20% aq NaOH (100 g), and 1,2-dichloroethane (150 mL), was added dropwise
chloroacetylchloride (0.50 mol, 56.0 g, 38.7 mL) over 45 min at -15 °C. The temperature was allowed to rise to 10°C, and the aqueous layer was separated and washed (2 × 20 mL) with 1,2-dichloroethane. The organic phases were combined, washed (2 × 50 mL, each) with 5% HCl, 5% NaHCO3, and H2O, and dried (MgSO4). The combined organic phases were concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the title compound (40.6 g, 62%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR
(CDCI3) δ 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.37 (comp, 8H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 164.9, 66.2, 46.3, 42.1, 40.4.
Example 19
4-(Triphenylphosphoniumacetyl)-morpholine chloride A stirred solution of amide from example 18 (0.03 mol, 4.86 g) and triphenylphosphine (0.03 mol, 7.86 g) in benzene (300 mL) was heated at reflux during which time a white precipitate formed. After 24 h, half of the benzene was evaporated, the white solid was removed by vacuum filtration and dried under reduced pressure to yield the phosphonium salt (7.50 g, 59%) as a fine white solid, mp 168-170 °C; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.45-7.25 (comp, 15H), 5.90- 5.76 (d, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 3.76-3.36 (comp, 8H).
Example 20
4-(Triphenylphosphoranylideneacetyl)-morpholine
To a stirred solution of salt from example 19 (15.0 mmol, 6.42 g) in H2O (60 mL) was added 15% aq NaOH (8.0 mL), whereupon a white precipitate formed. The
precipitate was removed by vacuum filtration and dried under reduced pressure to yield the phosphorous ylide (5.53 g, 95%) as a white solid, mp 208-210 °C; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.83-7.33 (comp, 15H), 3.76-3.56 (comp, 4H),
3.50-3.36 (comp, 4H), 2.95-2.70 (d, 1H, J = 22.5 Hz). Example 21
4-[(E)-4-Phenyl-1-oxo-2-butenyl]-morpholine A solution of phenylacetaldehyde (7.70 mmol, 0 . 93 g) and ylide from example 20 (6.40 mmol, 2.50 g) in benzene (75 mL) was heated at reflux for 24 h. The benzene was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes:EtOAc (9:1) to remove the bulk of the triphenylphosphine oxide, the excess solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc, 7:1) to yield the trans alkene (0.77 g, 52%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.26-7.07 (comp, 5H), 7.01-6.92 (dt, 1H, J
= 15.2, 7.1 Hz), 6.10-6.05 (d, 1H, J = 15.2 Hz), 3.61-3.41 (comp, 10H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 165.4, 145.1, 131.9,
128.6, 128.5, 128.4, 120.5, 66.7, 46.3, 41.9, 38.6.
Example 22
(1R*,2R*-3R*)-3-Benzyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester A solution of amide from example 21 (2.21 mmol, 0.51 g) and ethyl-(dimethylsulfuranylidine)-acetate (11.04 mmol, 1.65 g) (Payne, G.B. J. Org. Chem. 1983, 32, 3351-3355.) in anhydrous DME (7.5 mL) was heated at reflux for 24 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash
chromatography (hexanes-EtOAc, 1:1) to yield the title compound (0.05 g, 7%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
7.26-7.13 (comp, 5H), 4.14-4.07 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.66-3.32 (comp, 8H), 2.90-2.86 (dd, 2H, J = 1.8, 5.8 Hz), 2.46-2.42 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 9.3 Hz), 2.31-2.27 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 6.1 Hz), 2.07-2.02 (ddt, 1H, J = 6.1, 9.3, 1.5 Hz), 1.22-1.17 (t, 3H, J = 7.1-Hz).
Example 23
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-benzγl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecaboxylic acid
A solution of ester from example 22 (0.16 mmol, 0.05 g) in THF-2N HCl (1:1) (3.1 mL) was heated at reflux for 48 h. The H2O was azeotropically removed by distillation with benzene. The residue was purified by HPLC (hexanes-EtOAc, 1:2 containing 1% AcOH) to yield the carboxylic acid (13.40 mg, 30%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) d 7.60-7.10 (comp, 5H), 4.10 (br s, 1H), 3.70-3.30 (comp, 8H) 2.90-2.86 (comp, 2H), 2.46-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 1H).
Example 24
(1R*,2R*)-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane carboxylic acid
To a solution of trimethylsulfoxoniumiodide (7.98 mmol, 1.76 g) in anhydrous DMSO (13 mL), was added NaH (7.98 mmol, 0.19 g) as a 60% dispersion in mineral oil. The mixture was stirred for 20 min at room temperature. A solution of the compound prepared in example 8 (7.98 mmol, 1.59 g) in anhydrous THF (13 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 50 °C with stirring for 24 h. The reaction was quenched with cold H2O (20 mL) and extracted (3 × 50 mL) with CH2Cl2. The organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a yellow oil which was disolved in a 1:1 solution of THF-2N HCl (25 mL) and heated at 50 °C for 48 h. The reaction mixture was extracted (3 × 25 mL) with CH2Cl2. The organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by HPLC (hexanes-EtOAc, 1:2 containing 1% AcOH) to yield the cyclopropyl carboxylic acid (0.24 g, 15%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.10 (br s, 1H),
3.72-3.64 (comp, 8H) , 2.36-2.30 (ddd, 1H, J= 3.5, 5.0, 9.1 Hz), 2.24-2.18 (ddd, 1H, J = 3.7, 5.3, 9.0 Hz), 1.55-1.49 (ddd, 1H, J = 3.5, 5.7, 9.2 Hz), 1.44-1.38 (ddd, 1H, J = 3.6, 5.4, 9.0 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 177.0, 168.9,
66.6, 46.1, 42.7, 21.5, 21.0, 15.5; LRMS, El, (CH2C12), 199, 184, 154, 113, 86, 72, 55, 56, 57, 42, 41, 39.
Example 25
Diethyl 4-Thiazolylmethylacetamidomalonate Using the procedure of Sakata et. al. (Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan 1966, 39, 2473), to a cold solution (ice-water bath) of sodium ethoxide, prepared from 6.6 g (287.0 mmol) of sodium metal, in 300 mL of absolute ethanol was added 30 g (138.1 mmol) of diethyl acetamidomalonate. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, recooled in an ice-water bath and 23.5 g (138.2 mmol) of 4-chloromethylthiazole hydrochloride was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The solvents were removed under vaccum and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane, dried (MgSO4) and the solvents filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid which was recrystallized from ethanol at 0 °C. Yield: 28.93 g (67%). mp 104-5 °C. Example 26
D,L-Ethyl N-Acetyl-4-thiazolylalanine To a solution of diester from example 25 (3 g, 9.54 mmol) in 35 mL ethanol was added 1.7 mL of 6N NaOH (10.2 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 3 h, diluted with 35 mL water and concentrated. Concentrated HCl was added dropwise until pH 5 to 5.5. The entire reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue evaporated with several volumes of toluene. The resulting solid was suspended in 150 mL dioxane and heated at reflux temperature for 3 h, cooled, diluted with chloroform and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the ester as a colorless oil (2.05 g) in 89% yield. The crude ester was used without further purification.
Example 27
L-N-Acetyl-4-thiazolylalanine and L-4-Thiazoylalanine Using the procedure of Narasimha Rao et. al. (Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 1987, 29, 118), the crude ester (16 g) from example 26 was dissolved in 250 mL water and 1 N KCl was added. Subtilisin carlsburg (200 mg) in 10 mL of 0.1 N KCl was added in one portion. The pH dropped rapidly and was controlled by the addition of 1 N NaOH to keep the pH between 6.25 to 7.25. After 1 h the pH was controlled with 0.1 N NaOH and the reaction brought to pH 7. The entire solution was concentrated to one-half its volume with a bath temperature not exceeding 50 °C. The aqueous solution was extracted with chloroform to remove unwanted D isomer. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1 N HCl until pH 5 and the water removed by evaporation and chasing several times with toluene. Ethanol was added to the solid residue, heated and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give 8.5 g of solid. This material was dissolved in 300 mL of 6N HCl and heated at reflux temperature for 4 h, cooled and the water removed under vaccum to give 10.0 g of amino acid hydrochloride which was used without further purification.
Example 28
L-Boc-4-thiazolylalanine
A saturated sodium bicarbonate solution
(approximately 100 mL) was added to 9.18 g of amino acid hydrochloride prepared in example 27 to bring the pH to 7, then 3 M NaOH solution was added to bring the pH to 10. Di-t-butyl-dicarbonate (8.5 g, 38.95 mmol) in 25 mL of THF was added and then an additional 150 mL of THF was added and the reaction stirred for 18 h. The THF was removed by rotary evaporation, diluted with ethyl acetate and 3 N HCl added until the solution was pH 1. The ethyl acetate layer was separated and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate extracts were dried (MgSθ4), filtered and evaporated to give a light yellow oil which was dissolved in 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 125 mL hexane. The solution was cooled to -25 °C for 18 h and pure Boc 4-thiazolylalanine was obtained (7.72 g). mp 115-6 °C, [α]D25 = +125.48 (C = 1.04, CHCI3).
Example 29
Boc-L-Histidine Amide of 2( S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane 2(S)-t-Butyloxycarbonylamino-1-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane (1.26 g, 3.67 mmol, U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284, issued July 14, 1987) was treated with 2.3 M HCI/CH3OH (32 mL, anhydrous) for 16 hours at which time evaporation and drying provided the corresponding amine hydrochloride (1.01 g, 98%)
To a stirred -20 °C solution of the above salt (0.6 g, 2.1 mmol), Boc-L-Histidine (0.548 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT, 0.43 g), and N-methylmorpholine (0.239 g) was added 1,3-dicyclohexyl carbodiimide (DCC, 0.442 g). The mixture was warmed to room temperature over 3 hours and then stirred for an additional 18 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. Drying and evaporation of solvents provided a solid which was recrystaUized to give the desired
compound (0.51 g, 50%, 2 crops). Mass spectrum m/e = 480
Anal, calcd. for C25H44N4O5: C, 60.8; H, 9.1; N, 11.3. Found: C, 60.9; H, 9.2; N, 11.0.
Example 30
Boc-L-4-Thiazolylalanine Amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-4-thiazolylalanine (2.77, 10.17 mmol), Boc-amine (3.49 g, 10.16 mmol), HOBT (3.71g, 27.46 mmol), EDAC HCl (2.8g, 10.22 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (2.37 mL) gave 3.72 g (74%) of the title compound after recrystallization from 1:20 dichloromethane:diethyl ether: mp 159-160 °C; TLC (10% methanol/ 90% chloroform) Rf = 0.57.
Anal, calcd. for C25H43N3O5S: C, 60.33; H, 8.71; N, 8.44. Found: C, 60.43; H, 8.68; N, 8.51. Example 31
Boc-L-Leucine Amide of 2(S)-Αmino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxγ-6-methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-leucine gives the title compound.
Example 32
Boc-L-norLeucine Amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-norleucine gives the title
compound.
Example 33
Boc-L-4-Thiazolylalanine Amide of N-Butyl 5(S)-Amino-6- cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-5(S)-isopropylhexamide
Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-4-thiazolylalanine and substituting N-butyl 5(S)-amino-6-cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-5(S)-isopropylhexamide for 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane gave the title compound: TLC ( ethyl acetate) Rf = 0.30.
Anal, calcd. for C30H52N4O5S: C, 62.04; H, 9.02; N, 9.65. Found: C, 62.11; H, 8.928; N, 9.74.
Example 34
Boc-L-4-Thiazolylalanine Amide of (2'S, 1'R, 5' S)-3-Ethyl-5-(1'-hydroxy-2'amino-3'cyclohexylpropyl)-oxazolidin-2-one
Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-4-thiazolylalanine and substituting (2'S, 1'R, 5'S)-3-Ethyl-5-(1'-hydroxy-2'-amino- 3'cyclohexylpropyl)-oxazolidin-2-one
(European Patent Application No. EP307837, published March
22, 1989) for 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane gave the title compound: mp 135-147 °C;
TLC (15% methanol/ 85% chloroform) Rf = 0.61; 1H NMR
(CDCI3) δ 8.79 (d,1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.79 (br d, 1H), 6.57
(br d, 1H), 4.95 (br d, 1H), 4.62-4.53 (m, 1H) , 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H).
Example 35
Boc-L-4-Thiazolylalanine Amide of (2S,4S,1'R,2'S)-2-(2- Amino-3-cyclohexyl-1-hydroxy)-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc-L-histidine with Boc-L-4-thiazolylalanine and substituting (2S,4S,1'R,2'S)-2-(2-Amino-3-cyclohexyl-1-hydroxy)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran (European Patent Application No. EP307837, published March 22, 1989) for 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane gave the title compound: TLC (15% methanol/ 85% chloroform) Rf = 0.44; 1H NMR (CDCI3) d 8.77 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.79 (br d, 1H), 6.58 (br d, 1H), 6.31 (br d, 1H), 4.57-4.48 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.02 (d, 3H).
Example 36
Boc-L-4-Thiazolγlalanine Amide of N-Isobutyl 4(S)-Amino-5- cyclohexyl-3(S)-hydroxypentamide
Using the procedure in example 29 but replacing Boc- L-histidine with Boc-L-4-thiazolylalanine and substituting isobutyl ACHPA amide for 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane gives the title compound.
Example 37
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3- (2-Methylpropvl) -2- (4-morpholinγl) - carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of
2 (S) -Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3 (R) , 4 (S) -dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
The resultant compound from example 30 (6.27g, 12.6 mmol) was stirred in 1:1 trifluoroacetic
acid:dichloromethane at 0-5 °C for 3 hours. The solvents were removed and the residue made basic with saturated sodium carbonate until pH 10. The free base was extracted with CHCI3 dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give the solid amine which was recrystaUized from 1:4
dichloromethane:hexane to give 4.99 g (100%) of amine.
A solution of cyclopropyl carboxylic acid (16 mg, 0.06 mmol) from example 10, N-methylmorpholine (7 mcL), 1-hydroxy benztriazole (HOBT, 25 mg, 0.18 mmol) and the amine (22 mg, 0.06 mmol) in 1.2 mL DMF was cooled in a carbon tetrachloride-dry ice bath and 12 mg (0.06 mmol) of EDC HCl was added. The reaction was stirred to room temperature over a 24 h period. Excess DMF was removed under high vaccum and the residue redissolved into
dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried (MgSO4) and
concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 3% methanol/dichloromethane as eluant. Two diastereomers were obtained in 71% yield (24 mg). Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 635. Example 38
(1R*,2R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L- thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 24 (16 mg, 0.078 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (9.4 mL), HOBT (34 mg), EDC HCl (16.4 mg) and amine (30 mg) gave after flash chromatography (FC) 11.3 mg of the diastereomeric product. Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 579.
Exact mass calculated for C29H47N4O6S: 579.3216. Found: 579.3225.
Example 39
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Benzyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecabonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 9(S)- Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methγlheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 23 (13 mg, 0.045 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (6 mL), HOBT (20 mg), EDC HCl (9.5 mg) and amine (17 mg) gave the diastereomeric product. Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 669. Exact mass calculated for C36H52N4O6S: 669.6688. Found: 669.3688.
Example 4Q
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)- Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 15 (47 mg, 0.206 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (27 mL), HOBT (89 mg), EDC HCl (47 mg) and amine (79 mg) gave 82 mg (65%) of the product as a mixture of
diastereomers. Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 607. Exact mass calculated for C31H51N4O6S: 607.3529. Found: 607.3529.
The two diastereomers were separated by FC to give 10 mg of the less polar isomer(40A): 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.79
(d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H, 2-thiazole CH) , 7.60 (br d, J - 6 Hz, 1H, amide NH), 7.16 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 5-thiazole CH) , 6.18
(br d, J = 6Hz, 1H, amide NH) , 4.72 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1H, CHOH), 4.32-4.20 (m, 1H, NCHCO), 3.74-3.58 (br m, 9H, four morpholino CH2 and 1H, CHOH), 3.39 (d of d, J = 4.5 and 15 Hz, 1H, CH-thiazole) , 2.35-2.26 (m, 2H, two cyclopropyl CHCO) , 0.97-0.85 ( m, 9H, three CH3) ; Mass spectrum
(M+H)+: 607.
The more polar isomer (40B) was obtained as a white solid (7.8 mg): 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.79 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H,
2-thiazole CH), 7.63 (br d, J = 6 Hz, 1H, amide NH), 7.17 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 5-thiazole CH) , 6.18 (br d, J = 6Hz, 1H, amide NH), 4.72 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1H, CHOH), 4.32-4.20 (m, 1H, NCHCO), 3.74-3.58 (br m, 9H, four morpholino CH2 and 1H, CHOH), 3.39 (d of d, J = 4.5 and 15 Hz, 1H, CH-thiazole), 2.35-2.26 (m, 2H, two cyclopropyl CHCO), 0.99-0.85 ( m, 9H, three CH3); Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 607.
Example 41
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)- carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of
2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 16 (46 mg), 0.18 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (24 mL), HOBT (78 mg), EDC HCl (41 mg) and amine (69 mg) gave the product as a mixture of diastereomers (87 mg, 71%). Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 635. Exact mass calculated for C33H55N4O6S: 635.3842. Found: 635.3842.
The two diastereomers were separated by FC to give 18 mg of the less polar isomer (41A) : 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.79
(d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H, 2-thiazole CH), 7.63 (br d, J = 6 Hz, 1H, amide NH), 7.16 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 5-thiazole CH), 6.27 (br d, J = 6Hz, 1H, amide NH), 4.72 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1H, CHOH), 4.32-4.20 (m, 1H, NCHCO), 3.74-3.58 (br m, 9H, four morpholino CH2 and 1H, CHOH), 3.38 (d of d, J = 4.5 and 15 Hz, 1H, CH-thiazole), 2.34-2.25 (m, 2H, two cyclopropyl CHCO), 0.98-0.84 (6 line m, 12H, four CH3); Mass spectrum (M+H) +: 635.
The more polar isomer (4IB) was isolated next, yielding 9 mg: 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.79 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H,
2-thiazole CH), 7.62 (br d, J = 6 Hz, 1H, amide NH) , 7.17 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 5-thiazole CH) , 6.17 (br d, J = 6Hz, 1H, amide NH) , 4.72 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1H, CHOH), 4.32-4.20 (m, 1H, NCHCO), 3.74-3.58 (br m, 9H, four morpholino CH2 and 1H, CHOH), 3.41 (d of d, J = 4.5 and 15 Hz, 1H, CH-thiazole), 2.36-2.26 (m, 2H, two cyclopropyl CHCO), 0.95-0.83 (6 line m, 12H, four CH3); Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 635. Example 42
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanerarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)- Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 100 mg (0.36 mmol) of the acid from example 17, 48 mL N-methylmorpholine, 157 mg (1.1 mmol) HOBT, 84 mg (0.44 mmol) EDC HCl and 139 mg (0.38 mmol) of amine gave 167 mg (70% yield) the product. Mass Spectrum (M+H)+: 655. Exact mass calculated for C35H51N4O6S: 655.3532. Found: 655.3532.
Anal, calcd. for C35H51N4O6S: C, 64.19; H, 7.70; N, 8.56. Found: C, 63.07; H, 7.63; N, 8.73.
Example 43
(1R*,2R*,3S*)_ -2- (4-Morpholiny l) carbonyl-3-phenyl cyclopropanecarbonyl-L-histidyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 36 mg (0.14 mmol) of the acid from example 17, 19 mL N-methylmorpholine, 61 mg (0.45 mmol) HOBT, 90 mg (0.47 mmol) EDC HCl and 1.3 equivalent of the amine prepared in example 29 gave 49 mg (55% yield) of the product.
Mass Spectrum (M+H)+: 638.
Anal, calcd. for C35H51 N506: C, 63.23; H, 8.19; N, 10.53. Found: C, 63.18; H, 7.91; N, 10.86.
Example 44 (Z)-(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl((3-phenyl-2-propenyl)- oxy)silane
Using the procedure in example 1 and 2.90 g (21.5 mmol) of (Z)-3-phenyl-2-propen-1-ol, 3.90 g (25.8 mmol) of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 1.75 g (25.8 mmol) of imidazole, the protected alcohol was obtained in 82% yield; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.34-7.16 (comp, 5H), 6.48 (d, 1H,
J = 11.8 Hz), 5.86-5.78 (comp, 1H), 4.44 (d, 1H, J = 6.1 Hz), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 3H), 0.04 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) d 136.8, 132.5, 129.5, 128.7, 128.1, 127.0, 60.3, 25.9, 18.3, -5.2; IR (neat) V 2960, 2940, 2860, 1270,
1100, 850, 790; Mass spectrum m/e: 248, 191, 117; Exact mass calculated for C14H21OSi: 233.136169. Found:
233.134717.
Example 45
(Z )-((4-Cyclohexyl-2-butenyl)oxy)(1,1-dimethylethyl)- dimethylsilane
Using the procedure in example 1 and 1.00 g (6.49 mmol) of (Z)-4-cyclohexyl-2-buten-1-ol, 1.18 g (7.79 mmol) of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 0.530 g (7.79 mmol) of imidazole, the protected alcohol was obtained in 77% yield; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 5.58-5.39 (comp, 2H), 4.20 (d, 2H,
J = 5.9 Hz), 2.10-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.91 (t, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.81-1.62 (comp, 6H), 1.32-1.10 (comp, 5H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.06 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 130.3, 129.3, 59.5, 37.3, 33.2, 32.7, 26.6, 26.3, 25.8, 18.3, -5.1; IR (neat) V 2920, 2830, 1280, 1110, 870, 810; Mass spectrum m/e: 253, 211, 137, 135, 95, 81, 75; Exact mass calculated for
C15H29OSi: 253.198769. Found: 253.198562. Example 46
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-7- ((1,1-Dimethylethyl) dimethyl siloxymethyl)-3-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester Using the procedure in example 3 and 114 mg (0.460 mmol) of protected alcohol from example 45, 193 mg (1.70 mmol) of ethyl diazoacetate and 8.0 mg (0.017 mmol) of Rh2 (OAc) 4 in 1 ml CH2Cl2, the diastereomeric cyclopropane adducts were obtained in a 2:1 ratio. The major product was isolated in 37% yield by HPLC (60:1 hexanes:EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.48-7.35 (comp, 5H), 4.36 (q, 2 H, J =
7.2 Hz), 3.67 (dd, 1H, J = 5.8, 11.1 Hz), 3.50 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 11.0 Hz), 3.04 (dd, 1H, J = 5.5, 9.1 Hz), 2.24-2.17 (comp, 2H), 1.47 (t, 3H, J= 7.2 Hz) 0.99 (s, 9H) , 0.08 (s, 3H), 0.06, (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.3, 135.9,
129.2, 128.2, 126.7, 61.0, 60.6, 30.1, 30.3, 25.8, 23.7, 18.2, 14.8, -5.5; IR (neat) V 3020, 3000, 2920, 1760,
1300, 1220, 1130, 880, 820, 740; Mass spectrum m/e: 277, 129, 103, 75; Exact mass calculated for C18H27O3Si:
319.172948. Found: 319.173345.
Example 47
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Cyclohexylmethyl-2-((1,1-Dimethylethyyl) dimethylsiloxymethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 3 and 355 mg (1.32 mmol) of protected alcohol from example 46, 302 mg (2.65 mmol) of ethyl diazoacetate and 12.0 mg (0.0260 mmol) of Rh2 (OAc) 4 in 2.0 mL CH2Cl2/ the diastereomeric
cyclopropane adducts were obtained in a 2:1 ratio. The major product was isolated in 16% yield by HPLC (80:1 hexanes:EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.10 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.71 (dd, 2H, J = 6.3, 11.1 Hz), 3.59 (dd, 2H, J = 7.5, 11.1 Hz), 1.81-1.61 (comp, 7H), 1.47-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.28- 1.42 (comp, 2H), 1,26-1.09 (comp, 9H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.06 (s, 3H), 0.05 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 174.0, 61.1,
60.2, 38.0, 34.9, 33.5, 33.1, 28.8, 26.6, 26.3, 25.9,
25.3, 18.2, 14.3, -5.2, -5.3; IR (neat) V 2940, 2860,
1730, 1280, 1200, 1110, 860, 810; Mass spectrum m/e: 355, 339, 297, 223, 177, 149; Exact mass calculated for
Cl9H35θ3Si: 339.235549. Found: 339.235682.
Example 48
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Phenylcyclopropanedicarboxylic acid monoethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 5, 58 mg (0.17 mmol) of cyclopropyl ester from example 47, and 121 mL of 8N Jones Reagent afforded the crude acid in 96% yield (39 mg); 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.15 (br s, 1H), 7.36-7.13 (comp,
5H), 4.20 (q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.11 (dd, 1H, J = 6.5, 10.3 Hz), 2.79 (m, 1H) , 2.57 (m, 1H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.6, 171.2, 133.7, 128.9, 128.2,
127.4, 61.3, 33.2, 29.5, 26.4, 14.1; IR (neat) V 2980,
1720, 1710, 1300, 1190, 920, 740; Mass spectrum m/e: 234, 189, 133, 115; Exact mass calculated for C13H14O4:
234.089209. Found: 234.088554.
Example 49
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Cyclohexylmethylcyclopropan dicarboxylic acid monoethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 5, 60 mg (0.17 mmol) of cyclopropyl ester from example 48, and 118 mL of 8N Jones Reagent afforded the crude acid in 93% yield (40 mg); 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 9.50 (br s, 1H), 4.14 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.29-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.10 (m, 1H) , 1.89-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.62 (comp, 5H), 1.59-1.43 (comp, 2H), 1.42-1.05 (comp, 6H), 1.00-0.82 (comp, 3H) ; 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 176.0,
171.7, 61.0, 37.9, 33.3, 33.1, 32.9, 28.5, 28.4, 26.5,
26.2, 14.2; IR (neat) V 2960, 2900, 1750, 1730, 1480,
1340, 1250, 1200, 760; Mass spectrum m/e: 255, 237, 209; Exact mass calculated for C14H23O4: 255.159634. Found: 255.158748.
Example 50
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarhoxylic acid ethyl ester Using the procedure of example 7, 41 mg (0.18 mmol) of acid from example 49, 51 mg (0.19 mmol) of DCC, 2.0 mg (0.017 mmol) of DMAP and 17 mg (0.19 mmol) morpholine gave 31 mg of morpholinoamide. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.17 (comp,
3H), 7.14-7.11 (comp, 2H), 4.18 (q, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz), 3.75- 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.26 (comp, 4H), 3.21-3.03 (comp, 2H),
2.98 (dd, 1H, J= 5.0, 5.7), 2.89 (dd, 1H, J = 5.7, 10.2
Hz), 2.73-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.66 (dd, 1H, J = 5.0, 10.2 Hz),
1.29 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 172.4, 164.8,
134.9, 128.4, 127.4, 127.2, 66.6, 61.2, 45.7, 42.2, 33.9,
32.3, 32.1, 25.6, 14.1; IR (neat) V 3000, 2940, 2880,
1740, 1660, 1480, 1250, 1320, 1210, 1130, 750; Mass spectrum m/e: 303, 230, 115; Exact mass calculated for C17H21NO4: 303.147058. Found: 303.147214. F.xample 51
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Cyclohexγlmethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl) carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
Using the procedure of example 7, 29 mg (0.11 mmol) of acid from example 50, 33 mg (0.13 mmol) of DCC, 1.4 mg (0.012 mmol) of DMAP and 11 mg (0.13 mmol) morpholine gave 23 mg of the title morpholinoamide. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.13
(comp, 2H), 3.81-3.46 (comp, 8H), 2.33-2.27 (comp, 2H), 1.80-1.57 (comp, 6H) , 1.42-1.04 (comp, 9H) , 0.97-0.81 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.1, 167.0, 67.0, 66.8,
60.8, 46.1, 42.4, 37.9, 34.0, 33.9, 32.9, 27.4, 26.5, 26.3, 14.2; IR (neat) v 2950, 2890, 1740, 1660; Mass spectrum m/e: 323, 250, 129, 81; Exact mass calculated for C18H29NO4: 323.209659. Found: 323.211043.
Example 52
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure in example 9, 41 mg (0.14 mmol) of ester from example 51, 1 mL of 2 N HCl and 1 mL of THF, the acid was obtained in 56% yield (21 mg) after
purification by flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.60 (bs, 1H),
7.31-7.26 (comp, 3H), 7.23-7.06 (comp, 2H), 3.76-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.40 (comp, 4H), 3.23-2.90 (comp, 4H), 2.79-2.69 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 176.3, 165.1, 134.6, 128.5,
128.2, 127.4, 66.5, 45.8, 42.4, 32.7, 32.4, 25.4; IR
(neat) V 2980, 2940, 2880, 1730, 1650, 1450, 1290, 1140,
940, 760; Mass spectrum m/e: 275, 230, 115; Exact mass calculated for C15H17NO4: 275.115758. Found:
275.115884. Example 53
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Cyolohexylmethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)- carbonylcyolopropanecarboxylic acid Using the procedure in example 9, 16 mg (0.050 mmol) of ester from example 52, 1 mL of 2 N HCl and 1 mL of THF, the acid was obtained in 68% yield (10 mg) after
purification by flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 5.90 (br s, 1H),
3.82-3.48 (comp, 8H), 2.37 (dd, 1H, J = 4.4, 9.7 Hz), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.66 (comp, 6H) , 1.42-1.10 (comp, 6H), 0.97-0.85 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 178.0, 166.7, 66.9,
66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 37.8, 33.9, 33.2, 32.8, 28.0, 26.4, 26.2, 25.9; IR (neat) V 2940, 2880, 1740, 1640, 1460,
1250, 1140; Mass spectrum m/e: 295, 250, 187, 129; Exact mass calculated for C16H25NO4: 295.178359. Found:
295.178407.
Example 54
(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl(3-propynyloxy)silane
Using the procedure in example 1 and 14 g (0.25 mol) of propargyl alcohol, 45 g (0.30 mol) of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, and 20.4 g (0.30 mol) of imidazole in 125 mL of dry DMF the protected propargyl alcohol was obtained in 68 % yield as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 4.29-4.28 (d, 2H, J = 2.5 Hz), 2.37-2.36 (t, 1H, J = 2.3), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.1 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 82.5, 72.8, 51.5, 25.8, 18.3, -5.2; IR (neat) V 3140, 2960, 2950, 2930, 2910, 1480, 1470, 1370, 1260, 1110, 1010, 850, 790, 670, 630. Example 55
(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl((4-phenyl-3-butynyl)oxy)- silane
To a stirring solution of 19.4 g (114 mmol) of protected propargyl alcohol from example 55 in 29 mL of dry THF at -78 °C, was added 31 mL (122 mmol) of a 3.98 M solution of n-butyl lithium in hexane. The mixture was allowed to stir for 15 min, and 13 g (76 mmol) of benzyl bromide was added. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 100 mL of H2θ and extracted with (3 × 100 mL) Et2O. The organic extracts were combined, washed with (1 × 100 mL) brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 9% (1.7 g) of the alkyne as a colorless oil after purification by flash chromatography (100:1 hexanes:EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.24-7.17 (comp,
5H), 4.28-4.27 (t, 2H, J = 2.2 Hz), 3.55-3.53 (t, 2H, J = 2.0 Hz), 0.82 (s, 9H), 0.03 (s, 6H).
Example 56
(Z) - (1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethyl((4-phenyl-3-bntenγl)oxy) silane
To a suspension of 0.73 g (2.9 mmol) of NiOAc4.4H2θ in 23 mL of EtOH, was added dropwise 3 mL of a 1 M
solution of NaBH4 in 0.1 N NaOH in EtOH. The flask was flushed with H2, and 0.4 mL of ethylenediamine was added. To this solution, was added 2.3 g (8.8 mmol) of the alkyne from example 56, and the mixture stirred for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with 250 mL of hexane:EtOAc (1:1), and filtered through a pad of florisil. The filtrate was dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (75:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to yield 56 % (1.3 g) of the alkene as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.35-7.21 (comp, 5H),
5.75-5.65 (comp, 2H), 4.40-4.38 (d, 2H, J = 4.7 Hz), 3.47- 3.45 (d, 2H, J = 6.2 Hz), 0.98 (s, 9H), 0.15 (s, 6H); 13C NMR δ (CDCI3) 140.5, 130.6, 129.1, 128.4, 128.3, 126.0, 59.4, 33.8, 26.0, 18.4, -5.1; IR (neat) V 3030, 2990,
2980, 2960, 2950, 1680, 1630, 1520, 1490, 1280, 1120, 870, 800, 770, 730.
F.xamp] e 57
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-((1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsiloxymethyl)-3-benzylcyclopropanecarhoxylic acid ethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 3 and 294 mg (1.12 mmol) of protected alcohol from example 57, 255 mg (2.24 mmol) of ethyl diazoacetate and 9.9 mg of Rh2 (OAc) 4 in 1.3 mL CH2Cl2, the diastereomeric cyclopropane adducts were obtained in a 1.25:1 ratio. The major product was
isolated in 27 % yield (105 mg) by HPLC (60:1
hexanes:EtOAc) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.30-7.16
(comp, 5H), 4.11-4.04 (q, 2H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.85-3.80 (dd, 1H, J = 5.0, 11.2 Hz), 3.72-3.66 (dd, 1H, J = 6.4, 11.1 Hz), 2.85-2.77 (dd, 1H, J= 6.4, 15.3 Hz), 2.76-2.69 (dd, 1H, J = 6.4, 15.3 Hz), 1.83- 1.77 (comp, 2H), 1.50-1.47 (t, 1H, J = 4.7 Hz), 1.23- 1.18 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 0.87 (s, 9H), 0.03 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 173.4, 140.8, 128.4,
128.3, 126.1, 60.9, 60.4, 33.1, 29.0, 27.4, 25.9, 24.9, 18.3, 14.2, -5.3; IR (neat) V 2980, 2970, 2950, 2930,
1740, 1480, 1410, 1390, 1340, 1280, 1240, 1390, 1110, 860, 800, 750, 720. Example 58
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-Benzylcγclopropanedicarboxylic acid monoethyl ester
Using the procedure in example 5, 335 mg (0.963 mmol) of the cyclopropyl ester from example 58, 112 mg (1.93 mmol) of KF, and 481 mL of 8N Jones Reagent in 5 mL of acetone afforded the acid in 87 % yield (208 mg) after purification by HPLC (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid) as a white solid (m.p. 79-81 °C). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
7.36-7.17 (comp, 6H), 4.20-4.13 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.10-3.03 (dd, 1H, J = 6.9, 15.0 Hz), 3.00-2.93 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7, 15.0 Hz), 2.44-2.36 (comp,2H), 2.20-2.16 (comp, 1H), 1.32-1.27 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 176.4,
171.3, 139.6, 128.6, 128.2, 126.4, 61.2, 31.7, 30.6, 28.6, 27.1, 14.1; IR (neat) V 3120, 3000, 1740, 1710, 1470,
1390, 1240, 1190, 1110, 1060, 750, 710.
Examp]e 59
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-benzyl
cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester Using the procedure in example 7, 122 mg (0.49 mmol) of the acid from example 59, 112 mg (0.54 mmol) of DCC, 6.0 mg (0.049 mmol) of DMAP and 47.1 mg of morpholine gave the morpholinoamide in 62% yield (97 mg) after
purification by HPLC (1:1 hexanes:EtOAc) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.29-7.12 (comp, 5H), 4.12-4.08 (q, 2H, J
= 7.2 Hz), 3.65-3.35 (comp, 6H), 3.15-3.00 (comp, 3H), 2.58-2.50 (comp, 2H), 2.34-2.29 (comp, 1H), 2.18-2.10 (comp, 1H), 1.27-1.23 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 172.6, 166.6, 140.0, 128.9, 128.3, 126.3, 66.5, 66.2, 60.9, 45.6, 42.2, 33.9, 32.4, 29.4, 27.3, 14.1; IR (neat)
V 2980, 2970, 2960, 2930, 1730, 1480, 1390, 1290, 1210,
1120, 1080, 870, 810.
Examp]e 60
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-henzyl
cyclopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure in example 9, 97 mg (0.306 mmol) of the ester from example 60, 2.5 mL of 2N HCl and 2.5 mL of THF, the acid was obtained in 45% yield (40 mg) after purification by flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc plus 1% acetic acid) as a white solid (m.p. 150-152 °C) 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.21-7.02 (comp, 5H), 7.75-6.00 (br s, 1H), 3.53-3.25 (comp, 6H), 3.09-2.87 (comp, 3H), 2.52-2.40 (comp, 2H), 2.33-2.22 (comp, 1H), 2.14-2.03 (comp, 1H); 13C NMR (CDCI3) δ 175.0, 166.9, 139.5, 128.9, 128.2, 126.9,
66.6, 66.3, 62.6, 45.8, 42.3, 32.5, 30.3, 28.1; IR (neat)
V 3240, 3000, 2980, 2950, 1740, 1640, 1460, 1300, 1260,
1200, 1140.
Example 61
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl cyclopropanecarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2 (S) - Amino-1-cyclohexγl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 21 mg (0.076 mmol) of the acid from example 53, 9 μL N-methylmorpholine, 33 mg (0.24 mmol) HOBT, 16 mg (0.08 mmol) EDC HCl and 29 mg (0.076 mmol) of amine gave 38 mg (76% yield) of the product. Mass Spectrum (M+H)+: 655. Exact mass calculated for C35H51N4O6S: 655.3532. Found:
655.3532.
Example 62
(1R*,2R*,3S*) -2- (4-Morpholinγl) carbonγl-3-cγclohexγl methylcyclopropanecarbobyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 10 mg (0.034 mmol) of the acid from example 54, 4 mL N-methylmorpholine, 14.7 mg (0.11 mmol) HOBT, 7.2 mg (0.038 mmol) EDC HCl and 13 mg (0.034 mmol) of amine gave 18 mg (78% yield) of the product. Mass Spectrum (M+H)+: 675. Exact mass calculated for C36H59N4O6S: 675.4155. Found:
675.4148.
Example 63
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinylicarbonyl-3-benzyl cyclopropanecarhobyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2 (S) - Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 20 mg (0.069 mmol) of the acid from example 61, 8.3 mL N-methylmorpholine, 30 mg (0.22 mmol) HOBT, 14.6 mg (0.076 mmol) EDC HCl and 26.4 mg (0.069 mmol) of amine gave 29.1 mg (63% yield) of the product. Mass Spectrum (M+H)+: 669. Exact mass calculated for C36H53N4O6S: 669.3688. Found: 669.3686. F.x?_mp]e 64
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl cyclopropanecarbobyl-L-histidyl amide of 2 (S)-Amino-1- cyclohexy]-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 29 gives the desired product.
Example 65
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-pheny]- cyclopropanecarbobyl-L-leucyl amide of 7 ( S) -Amino-1- cyclohexyl-3(R),4 (S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 31 gives the desired product.
Example 66
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpho]inyl)carhony]-3-pheny]- cyclopropanecarhobyl-L-nor-leucyl amide of 2 (S)-Amino-1- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 32 gives the desired product. Example 67
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinylicarbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarhobyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of N-Butyl
5 ( S)-Amino-6-cγclohexyl-4( S)-hydroxy-5(S) - isopropylhexamide
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 33 gives the desired product.
Example 68
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarhobyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of (2 ' S,
1'R, 5'S)-3-Ethyl-5-(1'-hydroxy-2'amino- 3'cyclohexylpropyl)-oxazolidin-2-one Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 34 gives the desired product.
Example 69
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbobyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of (7S,4S,1'R,2'S)-2-(2-Amino-3-cγclohexyl-1-hydroxy)-4- meehyl-tetrahydrofuran
Using the procedure in example 37 and replacing cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with the acid from example 53 and the amine prepared in example 35 gives the desired product. Example 70
Z-Trimethyl((3-phenyl-2-propenyl)_oxy) silane A solution of 102 g (0.76 mol) of z-cinnamyl alcohol, 122 g (161 mL, 0.76 mol) of hexamethyldisilazane, and five drops of trimethylsilyl chloride were heated at 65 °C for 18 h. The product was isolated by vacuum distilation to give 147 g (78%) yield of a water white liquid: bp 85-89 °C(0.4 mm Hg).
Example 71
(2R*, 3S*)-1,1-Dibromo-2-hydroxymethyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
A suspension of 9.4 g (.017 mol) of
phenyltribromomethyl mercury and 14.0 g (.068 mol) of the silyl ether from example 70 in 50 mL of benzene was heated at reflux temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the precipitate washed with ether. The organic solutions were combined and concentrated. The residue was dissolved into 5 mL of THF and 50 mL of 1N HCl was added. The two phase mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 m, ethyl acetate was added and the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. TLC showed product and cinnamyl alcohol. The crude mixture was dissolved into 100 mL of dichlromethane, cooled to 0-5 °C in an ice-water bath and 22 g of 50-60% meta-chloroperbenzoic acid was added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 h and a saturated solution of sodium thiosulfate was added. The aqueous layer was separated extracted with
dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give 8.64 g of residue. The product was purified by FC using a.1:4 and 1:3 ethyl, acetate :hexane gradient. Yield 3.07 g (59% based on phenyltribromomethyl mercury) : mp 58-59 °C; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.44-7.23 (m, 5H, C6H5), 4.15-4.03 (8 line m, 1H, CH-O), 3.91-3.78 (8 line m, 1H, CH-O), 2.73 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (d of d of d, J = 5 Hz, 1H) , 1.88 (d of d, 5 and 9 Hz, 1H, OH).; IR (CDCL3) v 3600 (OH);
Anal, calcd. for C10H10Br2O: C, 39.21; H, 3.26.
Found: C, 39.21, H, 3.32.
Example 72
(2R*, 3S*)-1,1-Dibromo-2-[1,1-dimethylethyl) dimethylsiloxymethyl)-3-phenyl-cyclopropane
A solution od 2.2 g (7.2 mmol) of alcohol from example 71, t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1.6 g, 10.7 mmol) and imidazole (0.73 g, 10.7 mmol) in 6 mL of DMF were stirred in an ice-water bath for 1 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with saturated sodiun bicarbonate and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. The ether layers were dried (MgSO4) , filtered, and concentrated to give an oil. The crude oil was purified by FC using 98:2, hexane:ether as eluant. Product was isolated as clear oil, 2.4 g (80%). 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ
7.40-7.24 (m, 5H, C6H5) , 4.01-3.88 (8 line m, 2H, CH2O), 2.65 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H, CH-Ph), 2.23-2.14 (m, 1H), 0.93 (s, 9H, t-buyl), 1.3 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.2 (s, 3H, CH3); Mass spectrum (M+NH4 +) 436 and 440
Anal, calcd. for C16H24Br2OSi: C, 45.71; H, 5.71.
Found: C, 44.77, H, 5.52. Example 73
(1S*,2R*, 3S*) and (1R*,2R*,3S*)-1-Thiopheny]-2- hydroxymethyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
To a cooled solution (-100 °C internal temperature) of 2.46 g (5.85 mmol) of dibromide from example 72 in 10 mL of dry THF was added 02.5 mL of a 2.5 M (6.2 mmol) solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes. The reaction was stirred for 10 min and excess acetic acid in THF was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room
temperature, diluted with water, and the product extracted with ethyl acetate. TLC and NMR revealed the presence of two monobromide products. The crude mixture was used without further purification.
Example 74
(1S*,2R*, 3S*) and (1R*,2R*,3S*)-1-Phenylsulfony]-2- hydroxymethyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
The individual isomers were treated with meta- chloroperbenzoic acid at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated sodium thiosulfate and the product extracted with chloroform and purified by FC using 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane The less polar sulfide from example 73 gave 57 mg of a less polar sulfone: mp 118-19 °C; 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.02-7.95 (m, 1H,), 7.71-7.54
(m, 3H), 7.30-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.04-6.97 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.22 (8 line m, 1H, CH-O), 4.22-4.10 (8 line m, 1H, CH-O), 3.04 (d of d, J = 7 and 6 Hz, 1H, CHSO2), 2.78 (d of d , J = 6 Hz, 1H, CHPh), 2.44 (d of d, 6 Hz, 1H, OH), 2.29-2.17 (m, 1H,).
Single crystals suitable for X-ray analysis were obtained by diffusion crystallization from ethyl acetate / hexane. Clear orthorhombic neddles belonging to the Pna21 space group were Isolated. X-ray analysis revealed that the phenylsulfone and hydroxymethyl groups were cis to each other and both were trans to the phenyl group. The configuration of the less polar sulphone isomer was 1R*, 2R*, 3S*.
Anal, calcd. for C16H16SO3: C, 66.66; H, 5.55. Found: C, 65.75, H, 5.47.
The more polar sulfide from example 73 gave 20 mg of a more polar sulfone: mp 85-86 °C; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.62- 7.56 (m, 1H,), 7.44-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.08 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 2H, CH2O), 2.98 (d of d, J = 3 and 6 Hz, 1H, CHSO2), 2.80-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.68 (d of d, J = 3 and4 Hz, 1H, CHPh). The relative stereochemistry of the more polar isomer was assigned the 1S*, 2R*, 3S*
configuration.
Example 75
(1R*,2R*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-phenylcyolopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure of example 4 (deleting anhydrous potassium fluoride) and 50 mg of the less polar sulfone alcohol from example 74, in 1 mL acetone and 1 mL Jones reagent at 0-5 °C for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with excess isopropyl alcohol. The crude acid (48 mg) was obtained as a white solid after concentration and
extraction of the reaction mixture with CHCI3.
Mass spectrum (M+NH4+) 320. Example 76
(1R*,2S*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
Using the procedure of example 75 and the more polar sulfone alcohol from example 74 (20 mg) gave 25 mg of the crude carboxylic acid. Mass spectrum (M+NH4 +) 320.
Example 77
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L- thiazolylalanine amide of
2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
Using the procedure of example 37 and replacing the cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 24 mg of the acid from example 75, EDAC (18 mg) , and HOBT (34 mg) gave 42 mg (76%) of the product.as a mixture of
diastereomers. Mass spectrum (M+H+) 682.
Example 78
(1R*, 2S*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfony]-3- phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L- thiazoylalanine amide of
2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
Using the procedure of example 37 and replacing the cyclopropyl carboxylic acid from example 10 with 16 mg of the acid from example 76, EDAC (12 mg), and HOBT (23 mg) gave 22 mg (62%) of the product.as a mixture of
diastereomers. Mass spectrum (M+H+) 682. Example 79
(Z)-2-Pentenyl diazoacetate
Glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (439 mg, 1.68 mmol) was added to an ice-cooled solution of (Z)-2-penten-1-ol (111 mg, 1.29 mmol) in 6.3 mL of dry CH2CI2 under a nitrogen atmosphere. Dimethylamine (204 μL, 195 mg, 1.61 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 15 min prior to injection of triethylamine (920 μL, 668 mg, 6.61 mmol). The resulting dark suspension was stirred 15 min at 0 °C then for 30 min at room temperature before water (6 mL) was introduced. The reaction was extracted with Et2O (3 × 10 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatography (25:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded 166 mg (1.08 mmol, 84% yield) (Z)-2-pentenyl diazoacetate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.67-5.59 (m, 1H), 5.52-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.73 (s, 1H), 4.68 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.10 (dq, J = 7.0, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.97 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.6, 137.1, 122.7, 60.5, 46.0, 20.8, 14.0.
Example 80
(Z)-5-Methyl-2-hexenyl diazoacetate
The crude diazoester was prepared using the procedure in example 79 and glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (1.50 gΛ 5.73 mmol), (Z)-5-methyl-2-hexen-1-ol (525 mg, 4.40 mmol), 22 mL CH2CI2, dimethylaniline (700 μL, 666 mg, 5.50 mmol), and triethylamine (3.14 mL, 2.28 g, 22.6 mmol) . Flash chromatography (15:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded 778 mg (4.27 mmol, 93% yield) (Z)-5-methyl-2-hexenyl diazoacetate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.71-5.54 (comp, 2H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 4.70 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.00 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (m,. J = 6.7 Hz, 1H) , 0.90 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) d 166.0, 134.2, 123.8, 60.5, 46.0, 36.4, 28.3, 22.1; IR (neat) v 3000, 2160, 1720, 1410, 1380, 1270, 1210 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 182, 167, 154, 139, 111, 96.
Example 81
(Z)-4-Cyclohexyl-2-butenyl diazoacetate The crude diazoester was prepared using the procedure in example 79 and glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (329 mg, 1.25 mmol), (Z)-4-cyclohexyl-2-buten-1-ol (103 mg, 0.671 mmol), 3.3 mL CH2Cl2, dimethylaniline (155 μL, 149 mg, 1.23 mmol), and triethylamine (479 μL, 348 mg, 3.44 mmol) . Flash chromatography (15:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded 99.7 mg (0.449 mmol, 67% yield) (Z)-4-cyclohexyl-2-butenyl diazoacetate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.68-5.49 (comp, 2H), 4.72 (s, 1H), 4.66 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.68-1.59 (comp, 5H), 1.33-1.08 (comp, 4H), 0.93-0.82 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.0, 134.0, 123.7, 60.6, 46.0, 37.8, 35.1, 32.9, 26.3, 26.1.
Example 82
(Z)-3-Phenyl-2-propenyl diazoacetate The crude diazoester was prepared using the procedure in example 79 and glyoxylic acid chloride p-toluenesulfonylhydrazone (3.34 g, 12.7 mmol), (Z)-3-phenyl-2-propen-1-ol (1.34 g, 10.0 mmol), 49 mL CH2CI2, dimethylaniline (1.58 mL, 1.51 g, 12.5 mmol), and triethylamine (7.14 mL, 5.18 g, 51.3 mmol). Flash chromatography (15:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded 1.72 g (85.1 mmol, 85% yield) (2) -3-phenyl-2-propenyl diazoacetate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.40-7.18 (comp, 5H), 6.69 (d, J = 11.1 Hz, 1H) , 5.83 (dt, J = 11.1, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H) , 4.79 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.3, 135.9, 133.0, 128.6, 128.3, 127.4, 125.7, 61.6, 46.0; Mass spectrum m/e : 202, 139, 129, 115, 91; Exact mass calculated for C11H10N2O2: 202.074228. Found 202.074723.
Example 83
[1R*, 5S*, 6R*]-6-Ethyl-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one A solution of the diazoester from example 79 (235 mg, 1.53 mmol) in 25 mL toluene was added via a syringe pump to a refluxing solution of bis-(N-t-butylsalicyladimmato)copper (II) catalyst (31.7 mg, 0.076 mmol) in 38 mL toluene over a period of 17 h. The reaction was concentrated at atmospheric pressure. Kugelrohr distillation (10 mm, 170 °C) provided the bicyclic lactone (168 mg, 1.33 mmol) in 87% yield as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.38 (dd, J = 5.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J = 9.8, 1H), 2.27-2.14 (comp, 2H), 1.44-1.31 (comp, 3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 174.9, 65.9, 29.5, 23.8, 22.6, 22.5, 13.1. Example 84
[1R*, 5S*, 6R*]-6-(2-Methylpropyn-3- oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one
The crude bicyclic lactone was prepared using the procedure from example 83 and the diazoester from example 80 (254 mg, 1.40 mmol) in 3 mL toluene and bis- (N-t-butylsalicyladiminato)copper (II) catalyst (116 mg, 0.279 mmol) in 12 mL toluene. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo . Flash chromatography (4:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the bicyclic lactone (202 mg, 1.31 mmol) in 94% yield as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.41 (dd, J = 5.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H) , 4.12 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.30-2.16 (comp, 2H), 1.79-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.19 (comp, 2H), 0.98 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 175.1, 66.0, 31.4, 28.1, 22.6, 22.3, 22.3, 20.6.
Example 85
[1R*, 5S*, 6R*]-6-Cyclohexylmethyl-3- oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one
The crude bicyclic lactone was prepared using the procedure in example 83 and the diazoester from example 81
(107 mg, 0.482 mmol) in 10 mL toluene and bis-(N-t-butylsalicyladiminato)copper (II) catalyst (10 mg, 0.0241 mmol) in 10 mL toluene. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo . Flash chromatography (4:1 hexanes: EtOAc) provided the bicyclic lactone (80.7 mg,
0.416 mmol) in 86% yield as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.39 (dd, J = 5.5, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (d, J =
9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.26-2.14 (comp, 2H), 1.80-1.62 (comp, 5H),
1.49-1.06 (comp, 7H), 1.01-0.87 (comp, 2H) ; 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 175.2, 66.1, 37.7, 33.1, 30.2, 26.4, 26.2, 22.7, 22.4, 20.5; IR (neat) v 2940, 2890, 1800, 1480, 1410, 1210, 1080, 1030 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 163, 134, 112, 85, 81, 67, 55, 41; Exact mass calculated for C12H18O2: 194.130680. Found 194.132160.
Example 86
[1R*, 5S*, 6R*]-6-Phenyl-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one
The crude bicyclic lactone was prepared using the procedure in example 83 and the diazoester from example 82 (1.82 g, 9.01 mmol) in 186 mL toluene and bis-(N-t-butylsalicyladiminato) copper (II) catalyst (187 mg, 0.450 mmol) in 186 mL toluene. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo . Flash chromatography (2:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the bicyclic lactone (1.18 g, 6.78 mmol) in 75% yield as a yellow solid, m.p. 73-74°; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.36-7.26 (comp, 5H), 4.36 (dt, J = 9.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.60-2.57 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ
174.7, 132.4, 129.4, 128.9, 127.7, 65.7, 26.2, 23.9, 23.5; IR (neat) v 1800, 1410, 1230, 1090, 1040, 960, 790 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 174, 129, 115; Exact mass calculated for C11H10O2: 174.068080. Found 174.067826.
Example 87
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-3-Ethyl-2-hydroxymethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
Trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 589 μL, 1.18 mmol) was slowly added at room temperature under nitrogen to a solution of morpholine (103 μL, 103 mg, 1.18 mmol) in
3 mL of dry CH2CI2 at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 20 min and the lactone from example 83 (49.5 mg, 0.393 mmol) was added in 2 mL CH2CI2. The reaction was heated at 40 °C for 40 h and then cooled to 0 °C. The reaction was carefully quenched with 1 N HCl (4 mL), extracted with CH2CI2 (3 × 10 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (100% EtOAc) provided the hydroxy amide in 70% yield (58.2 mg, 0.273 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.08-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.41 (comp, 8H), 2.37 (s, 1H), 1.66 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 1.57-1.40 (comp, 2H), 1.32-1.11 (m, 1H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 169.6, 66.6, 58.5, 46.1, 41.8, 24.0, 23.4, 22.2, 18.0, 13.7; Mass spectrum m/e : 213, 82, 75, 59; Exact mass calculated for C11H19NO3: 213.136494. Found 213.138641.
Example 88
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Hydroxymethyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
The crude hydroxy amide was prepared using the procedure from example 87 and trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 672 μL, 1.35 mmol), morpholine (117 μL, 117 mg, 1.35 mmol) in 2 mL CH2CI2, and the lactone from example 84 (69.0 mg, 0.450 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2. Flash chromatography (1:9 hexanes : EtOAc) provided the hydroxy amide in 81% yield (88.0 mg, 0.365 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.09 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.49 (comp, 8H), 1.73 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.63-1.27 (comp, 4H, C(2)H), 1.20-1.12 (m, 1H), 0.90
(d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H) ; 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 169.8, 66.7, 58.9, 46.1, 41.9, 33.2, 28.3, 23.8, 22.5, 22.1, 21.7, 20.9; IR (neat) v 3420, 2960, 1650, 1480, 1260, 1150 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 241, 210, 184, 129, 114, 95; Exact mass calculated for C13H23NO3: 241.167794. Found 241.168206.
Example 89
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-3-Cyclohexylmethγl-2-hydroxymethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane The crude hydroxy amide was prepared using the procedure from example 87 and trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 624 μL, 1.25 mmol), morpholine (109 μL, 109 mg, 1.25 mmol) in 3 mL CH2CI2, and the lactone from example 85 (80.7 mg, 0.416 mmol) in 1 mL CH2 Cl2. Flash chromatography (50:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH) provided the hydroxy amide in 80% yield (93.8 mg, 0.334 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.09 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.94- 3.80 (comp, 2H), 3.77-3.46 (comp, 8H), 1.77-1.46 (comp, 7H), 1.42-1.02 (comp, 7H), 0.90-0.78 (comp, 2H) ; 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 169.9, 66.7, 59.0, 46.2, 41.9, 38.0, 33.0, 31.8, 26.4, 26.2, 24.9, 21.7, 20.6; Mass spectrum m/e : 281, 250, 129, 81, 67, 55, 41; Exact mass calculated for C16H27NO3: 281.199094. Found 281.199493.
Example 90
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Hydroxymethyl-1-(4-morpholinyl)carbonyl- 3-phenylcyclopropane
The crude hydroxy amide was prepared using the procedure from example 87 and trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 582 μL, 1.16 mmol), morpholine (101 μL, 101 mg, 1.16 mmol) in 2 mL CH2CI2, and the lactone from example 86 (67.5 mg, 0.388 mmol) in 2 mL CH2 Cl2. Flash chromatography (20:1 CH2Cl2:MeOH) provided the hydroxy amide in 79% yield (80 mg, 0.307 mmol) as a pale yellow solid. m.p. 130-131°C; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.30-7.11 (comp, 5H), 4.25 (dd, J - 4.3, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.51 (comp, 8H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.58 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.15 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 169.1, 136.0, 128.5, 128.3, 126.7, 66.5, 66.2, 58.6, 46.3, 42.1, 27.2, 25.4, 24.7; IR (neat) v 3480, 2980, 2870, 2290, 1650, 1470, 760 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 261, 230, 170, 144, 129, 115; Exact mass calculated for C15H19NO3: 261.136494. Found 261.136793.
Example 91
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-3-ethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
PCC (59 mg, 0.255 mmol) was taken up in 1 mL CH2Cl2 at room temperature and the hydroxy amide from example 87
(66.2 mg, 0.170 mmol) was added in 1 mL CH2Cl2 and the reaction stirred for 48 h. The dark mixture was diluted with 5 mL Et2O, filtered through glass wool, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes :EtOAc) to provide the aldehyde in 69% yield (24.8 mg, 0.173 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.65 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.49 (comp, 8H), 2.42 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.02-1.51 (comp, 4H), 1.05 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.8, 166.7, 66.9, 66.7, 46.6, 42.3, 31.5, 29.0, 17.4, 14.0; Mass spectrum m/e : 211, 182, 95; Exact mass calculated for C11H17NO3: 211.120844. Found 211.120945. Example 92
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-3-(2-methy]propyl)-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
The crude aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 91 and PCC (115 mg, 0.535 mmol), 1 mL CH2CI2, and the hydroxy amide from example 88 (86.0 mg, 0.357 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc) to provide the aldehyde in 82% yield (69.6 mg, 0.291 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.64 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.75-3.42 (comp, 8H), 2.42 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.73 (comp, 1H), 1.71-1.56 (comp, 2H), 1.24-1.14 (m, 1H), 0.94 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.8, 166.9, 66.8, 66.6, 46.6, 42.3, 32.3, 31.6, 29.6, 28.8, 25.7, 22.3, 22.2; IR (neat) v 2970, 2880, 1700, 1650, 1490, 1150 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 239, 210, 169, 154, 129, 114, 95, 81, 70; Exact mass calculated for C13H23NO3: 239.152144. Found 239.152061.
Example 93
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-3-cyc]ohexylmethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
The crude aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 91 and PCC (48.2 mg, 0.220 mmol) in 1 mL
CH2CI2, and the hydroxy amide from example 89 (42.0 mg,
0.149 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (100% EtOAc) to provide the aldehyde in 73% yield (30.5 mg, 0.109 mmol) as a clear oil. 1E NMR
(300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.67 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.49
(comp, 8H) , 2.40 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.96-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.67 (comp, 8H), 1.37-1.06 (comp, 4H), 0.99-0.91 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 200.0, 166.9, 66.9, 66.7, 46.6, 42.3, 38.3, 33.1, 31.7, 31.0, 29.7, 26.4, 26.2, 25.4; Mass spectrum m/e : 279, 250, 168, 154, 129, 114, 81, 55; Exact mass calculated for C16-H25NO3: 279.183444. Found 279.181863.
Example 94
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
The crude aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 91 and PCC (110 mg, 0.510 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2, and the hydroxy amide from example 90 (66.5 mg, 0.255 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes:EtOAc) to provide the aldehyde in 68% yield (44.8 mg, 0.173 mmol) as a white solid, m.p.
155-160°C; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.56 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.23 (comp, 5H), 3.78-3.49 (comp, 8H), 3.06 (t,
J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.31-2.23 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.5, 166.3, 133.2, 129.3,
128.7, 127.6, 66.8, 66.5, 46.8, 42.5, 32.4, 30.9, 30.4; IR
(CDCI3) v 1720, 1670, 1160, 960, 770 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 259, 230, 145, 117, 115, 91, 70; Exact mass calculated for C15H17NO3: 259.120844. Found 259.120282.
Example 95
[1R*, 2S*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-3-ethy]-1-(4- morpholiny])carbonyloyclopropane
To the cis aldehyde amide from example 91 (15.5 mg, 0.0735 mmol) was added 1 mL MeOH which had been purged with nitrogen for 30 min prior to use. K2CO3 (40.5 mg, 0.294 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 23 h. The reaction was diluted with 4 mL saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 × 10 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the epimerized aldehyde in 87% yield (13.5 mg, 0.0640 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.69 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.47 (comp, 8H), 2.70-2.55 (m, 1H) , 2.50 (dd, J = 4.4, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.38 (comp, 2H) , 0.96 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.7, 166.3, 66.9,
66.8, 46.0, 42.5, 34.3, 32.5, 29.3, 20.1, 13.5; Mass spectrum m/e : 211, 182, 95; Exact mass calculated for C11H1.7NO3: 211.120844. Found 211.120586.
Example 96
[1R*, 2R*, 3R*]-2-Carboxaldehyde-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropane
The epimerized aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 95 and the cis aldehyde amide from example 92 (32.5 mg, 0.136 mmol), 1 mL MeOH, and K2CO3 (75.1 mg, 0.544 mmol). Flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes :EtOAc) provided the epimerized aldehyde in 81% yield (26.4 mg, 0.110 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.48 (comp, 8H), 2.70-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.49 (dd, J = 4.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.60 (m, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.44-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.19 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.7, 166.4,
66.9, 66.7, 46.1, 42.5, 35.3, 34.7, 29.2, 28.7, 28.4, 22.4, 22.1; IR (neat) v 2940, 2860, 1720, 1650, 1480, 1250, 1130 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 239, 210, 129, 123, 114, 95; Exact mass calculated for C13H23NO3: 239.152144.
Found 239.152023.
Example 97
[1R* , 2R* , 3R* ] -2-Carhoxa ldehyde-3-cyclohexylmethyl-1 - (4- morpholinγl) carbonylcyclopropane
The epimerized aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 95 and the cis aldehyde amide from example 93 (30.5 mg, 0.109 mmol), 1 mL MeOH, and K2CO3
(60.3 mg, 0.437 mmol). Flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the epimerized aldehyde in 72% yield (23.0 mg, 0.0824 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.68 (d, J = 2.3 Hz), 3.80-3.46 (comp, 8H),
2.69-2.65 (m, 1H) , 2.48 (dd, J = 4.3, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 1.93-1.65 (comp, 6H), 1.55-1.04 (comp, 6H), 1.01-0.86 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 199.8, 166.4, 66.9, 66.7, 46.0, 42.5, 37.9, 34.8, 33.9, 33.1, 32.9, 29.0, 28.8, 26.4, 26.2; Mass spectrum m/e : 279, 250, 129; Exact mass calculated for C16H25NO3: 279.183444. Found 279.182342.
Example 98
[1R*, 2R*, 3R*]-2-Carboxa]dehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
The epimerized aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 95 and the cis aldehyde amide from example 94 (62.0 mg, 0.239 mmol), 2 mL MeOH, and K2CO3
(132 mg, 0.958 mmol). Flash chromatography (1:3 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the epimerized aldehyde in 80% yield (49.5 mg, 0.191 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.93 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.14 (comp, 5H), 3.76-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.36 (comp, 5H), 3.22-3.05 (comp, 2H), 2.99 (dd, J = 5.6, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J = 5.1, 9.1 Hz, 1H) , 2.77-2.71 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 198.9, 164.6, 134.7, 128.5, 127.5, 127.4, 66.6, 45.8, 42.4, 33.9, 33.6, 33.3; IR (CDCI3) v 1720, 1640, 1450, 1290, 1140, 760 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 259, 230, 145, 115, 70; Exact mass calculated for C15H17NO3: 259.120844. Found 259.121309.
Example 99
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
To an ice cooled solution of the aldehyde from example 95 (9.5 mg, 0.045 mmol) in 0.5 mL acetone was added 8 N Jones reagent (32 μL) and the reaction stirred 2 h. The reaction was diluted with 4 mL 1 N HCl, extracted with CH2CI2 (3 × 10 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (99:1 EtOAc :HOAc) provided the carboxylic acid in 93% yield (9.6 mg, 0.042 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.00 (s, 1H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H) , 2.37 (dd, J = 4.3, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 1H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.40 (comp, 2H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 177.9, 166.7, 66.9, 66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 31.3, 28.5, 25.5, 20.1, 13.5; IR (CH2Cl2) v 2980, 1730, 1650, 1450, 1280 cm- 1; Mass spectrum m/e : 227, 182, 129, 95; Exact mass calculated for C11H17NO4: 227.1149. Found 227.1149. Example 100
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure from example 99 and the aldehyde from example 96 (6.0 mg, 0.025 mmol) in 0.5 mL acetone, and 8 N Jones reagent (18 μL) in 84% yield (5.4 mg, 0.021 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 3.80-3.50 (comp, 8H), 2.40-2.30 (comp, 2H), 1.85-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (m, 1H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 178.0, 166.7, 66.9, 66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 35.2, 28.3, 27.9, 25.8, 22.5, 22.1; IR (CDCI3) v 2980, 1740, 1650, 1450, 1290, 1260, 1140 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 255, 210, 129, 95; Exact mass calculated for C13H21NO4: 255.1472. Found 255.1472.
Example 101
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-3-Cyclohexy]methyl-2-(4- morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure from example 99 and the aldehyde from example 97 (12.5 mg,
0.0448 mmol) in 1 mL acetone and 8 N Jones reagent (31 μL). Flash chromatography (99:1 EtOAc:HOAc) provided the carboxylic acid in 88% yield (11.7 mg, 0.0397 mmol) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.90 (s, 1H), 3.82- 3.42 (comp, 8H), 2.37 (dd, J = 4.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.66 (comp, 6H), 1.42-1.10 (comp, 6H), 0.97-0.85
(comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 178.0, 166.7, 66.9,
66.7, 46.0, 42.4, 37.8, 33.9, 33.2, 32.8, 28.0, 26.4,
26.2, 25.9; IR (neat) v 2940, 2880, 1740, 1640, 1250, 1140 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 295, 250, 187, 129; Exact mass calculated for C16H25NO4: 295.178359. Found 295.178407.
Example 1Q2
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure from example 99 and the aldehyde from example 98 (10.0 mg,
0.0386 mmol) in 0.5 mL acetone and 8 N Jones reagent (27.0 μL). Flash chromatography (1:2 hexanes:EtOAc + 1% HOAc) provided the carboxylic acid in 84% yield (8.9 mg, 0.032 mmol) as a clear oil which solidified on standing. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.26 (comp, 3H), 7.23-7.06 (comp, 2H), 3.76-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.40 (comp, 4H), 3.23-2.90 (comp, 4H), 2.79-2.69 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR
(75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 176.3, 165.1, 134.6, 128.5, 128.2, 127.4, 66.5, 45.8, 42.4, 32.7, 32.4, 25.4; IR (neat) v 2920, 2940, 2880, 1730, 1650, 1450, 1290, 1140, 940, 760 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 275, 230, 115; Exact mass calculated for C15H17NO4: 275.115758. Found 275.115884.
Example 103
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbony]-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
To a r oom t emp e r ature s o lut i on o f hexamethyldisilazane (34 . 6 μL, 26.5 mg, 0.164 mmol) in 1 mL of dry THF was added n-BuLi in hexanes (2 . 48 M, 66 . 0 μL, 0.164 mmol) . After 15 min, the amide alcohol from example 90 (14.3 mg, 0.0548 mmol) was added in 1 mL of THF via a cannula needle . 30 min later the reaction was quenched with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (5 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 × 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue from the above reaction was taken up in acetone (0.5 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 8 N Jones reagent was added (38 μL) and the mixture stirred for 2 h. The yellow solution was diluted with 1 N HCl (4 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 × 20 mL). The combined filtrates were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (99:1. EtOAc :HOAc) afforded the epimerized acid (10.0 mg, 0.0364 mmol, 66% yield) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.80 (br s, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (comp, 5H), 3.50-3.80 (comp, 8H), 3.09 (dd, J = 6.5, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (m, J = 4.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J = 4.8, 10.0 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ
172 . 4 , 168.7, 134.2, 128.6, 128.0, 127.1, 66.4, 45.9, 42.6, 32.6, 29.2, 24.4; IR (CDCI3) v 3200, 1730, 1630, 1450, 1240, 770 cm-1; Mass spectrum m/e : 275, 230, 115; Exact mass calculated for C15H17NO4 : 275.0115758. Found 275.115460.
Example 104
cis-1 ,2-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-3-pheny]cyclopropane
To a solution of LAH (109 mg, 2.87 mmol) in 4 mL dry Et2O at 0 °C was added a solution of the lactone from example 86 (499 mg, 2.87 mmol) in 4 mL dry THF. After 30 min the reaction was quenched sequentially with 0.1 mL water, 0.1 mL of a 15% aqueous solution of NaOH, and 0.3 mL water. The resulting white fluffy solid was removed by filtration through celite and washed several times with 10 mL portions of Et2O. The filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a clear oil which was further purified by flash chromatography (25:1, CH2Cl2:MeOH) to provide the meso diol (490 mg, 2.75 mmol, 96% yield) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.25-7.16 (comp, 3 H), 7.07-7.04 (comp, 2H), 4.06 (dd, J = 5.0, 11.7 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (br, 2H), 3.25 (comp, 4H), 2.46 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H) , 1.68-1.55 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 136.0, 130.2, 128.3, 126.4, 60.1, 25.3, 21.3; Mass spectrum m/e : 178, 130, 129, 91; Exact mass calculated for C11H14O2: 178.099380. Found 178.099223.
Example 105
[1R-(1α, 2β, 5α, 6α)]-2-Hydroxy-6-phenyl-3- oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane
The diol from example 104 (433 mg, 2.44 mmol), NAD+
(730 mg, 1.02 mmol), and flavin mononucleotide (FMN) (1.37 g, 2.85 mmol) were dissolved in a 0.1 M glycine-NaOH buffer (pH 9.0, 83 mL) in a 250 mL Erlenmeyer flask. Horse liver alcohol dehydrogenase (37 mg) was added and the pH readjusted to 9.0 with 10% aqueous NaOH. The reaction was stirred for 45 h at room temperature adjusting the pH back to 9.0 with the NaOH solution periodically. 3.5 mL of a
50% aqueous NaOH solution was added to bring the pH to 13.
The dark mixture was extracted with chloroform (3 × 100 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (25:1 CH2CI2 :MeOH) to afford the bicyclic lactol (365 mg, 2.07 mmol, 85% yield) as a clear oil which was found to be enantiomerically pure by chiral shift experiments. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.30-7.15 (comp,
5H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J = 2.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (d, J - 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (br, 1H), 2.26 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.07-2.04 (comp, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3) δ 135.1, 129.0, 128.2, 126.4, 97.2, 65.2, 28.2, 23.2, 20.8; Mass spectrum m/e : 176, 145, 130, 129, 115, 91; Exact mass calculated for C11H12O2: 176.083730. Found 176.083645; [α]D 21 -68.7° (c=1.02, CHCI3).
Example 106
[1R-(1α, 5α, 6α)]-6 Phenyl-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one To a solution of the lactol from example 105 (109 mg, 0.612 mmol) in 8 mL CH2CI2 was added PCC (266 mg, 1.24 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 44 h before diluting with 12 mL Et2O and filtering through glass wool, washing the residue several times with 2 mL portions of Et2O. The filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2:1, hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the lactone (99.6 mg, 0.572 mmol, 92% yield) as a white solid which was identical with the racemic material prepared in example 86. m.p. 114-115°C; [α]D 21 -100° (c=0.960, CHCI3).
Example 107
[1R-(1α, 2α, 3α)]-2-Hydroxymethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyloyclopropane The hydroxy amide was prepared using the procedure in example 90 and trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 862 μL, 1.72 mmol), morpholine (151 μL, 150 mg, 1.72 mmol) in 4 mL CH2CI2, and the lactone from example 106 (98.5 mg, 0.566 mmol) in 2 mL CH2CI2. It was isolated in 68% yield (100 mg, 0.383 mmol) as a white solid and was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material, m.p. 101-103°C; [α]D 21 -206° (c=0. 940, CHCl3) .
Example 108
[1R-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-Carboxaldehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane The aldehyde amide was prepared using the procedure in example 94 and PCC (124 mg, 0.575 mmol) and the hydroxy amide from example 107 (100 mg, 0.383 mmol) in 4 mL CH2CI2 to provide the aldehyde in 62% yield (62.0 mg, 0.239 mmol) as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. [α]D 21 -51.2° (c=0.930, CHCI3).
Example 109
[1R-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-Carboxaldehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane The epimerized aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 98 and the cis aldehyde amide from example 108 (62.0 mg, 0.239 mmol), 2 mL MeOH, and K2CO3 (132 mg, 0.958 mmol) provided the epimerized aldehyde in 80% yield as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. [α]D 21 87.6° (c=1.22, CHCI3) .
Example 110
[1R-(1α, 2β, 3α)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure in example 102 and the aldehyde from example 109 (48.8 mg,
0.188 mmol) in 1 mL acetone and 8 N Jones reagent (132 mL) to provide the carboxylic acid in 76% yield (39.6 mg, 0.144 mmol) as a clear oil which solidified on standing. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. m.p. 175-180°C; [α]D 21 51.9° (c=0.740, CHCI3) .
Example 111
[1S-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure in example 103 and hexamethyldisilazane (121 μL, 93.0 mg,
0.575 mmol) in 2 mL THF, n-BuLi in hexanes (2.06 M, 280 μL, 0.575 mmol), and the amide alcohol from example 107
(50.0 mg, 0.192 mmol) in 2 mL THF. The residue was taken up in acetone (2 mL) and 8 N Jones reagent (134 μL) to afford the epimerized acid (34.8 mg, 0.126 mmol, 66% yield) as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. m.p. 165-
170°C; [α]D 21 -19.0° (c=1.20, CHCI3).
Example 112
Rhodinm(II) methyl (S)-pyroylutamic acid (Rh2 (5S-MEPY 4) A mixture of rhodium(II) acetate (198 mg, 0.448 mmol) and methyl (S)-2-oxopyrrolidine-5-carboxylate (1.28 g, 8.95 mmol) in 140 mL of chlorobenzene was refluxed under nitrogen in a Soxhlet extraction apparatus. The thimble was charged with an oven dried mixture of 2 parts sodium carbonate and 1 part sand. After 7 hours of reflux, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography using Baker cyano packing material and 1% acetonitrile in methanol as eluant. The purity of each fraction was ascertained using HPLC and a m-Bondapak-CN column eluting with 1% acetonitrile in methanol. The fractions containing pure tetrasubstituted compound were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to recover a blue solid (290 mg, 0.375 mmol, 84% yield).
Example 113
[1R-(1α, 5α, 6α)]-6-Phenyl-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one As an alternative to the three step procedure for preparing the enantiomerically pure lactone described above, the compound may be made directly with a slightly lower enantiomeric excess. To a solution of the catalyst prepared in example 112 (1.03 mg, 1.34 μmol) in 4 mL refluxing CH2CI2 was added the diazoester prepared in example 82 (27.0 mg, 0.134 mmol) in 1 mL CH2CI2 vi a syringe pump over a period of 4 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2:1, hexanes :EtOAc) to recover the lactone (10.0 mg, 0.0574 mmol, 41% yield) as a pale yellow solid which was identical to that prepared in example 86. [α]D 21 -97° (c=0.46, CHCI3).
Example 114
Rhodium (XI) methyl (R)-pyroglutamic acid (Rh2(5R-MEPY)4) The catalyst was prepared using the procedure in example 112 and rhodium(II) acetate (383 mg, 0.867 mmol) and methyl (R)-2-oxopyrrolidine-5-carboxylate (2.48 g, 17.3 mmol) in 140 mL of chlorobenzene to recover a blue solid (600 mg, 0.775 mmol, 89% yield). Example 115
[1S-(1α, 5α, 6α)]-6-Phenyl-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-one
The lactone was prepared according to the procedure of example 113 and the catalyst prepared in example 114
(10.3 mg, 0.0133 mmol) in 40 mL CH2CI2 and the diazoester prepared in example 82 (269 mg, 1.33 mmol) in 10 mL
CH2CI2. The bicyclic lactone was recovered in 45% yield
(103 mg, 0.593 mmol). m.p. 101-105°C; [α]D 21 85.6°
(c=1.09, CHCI3).
Example 116
[1S-(1α, 2α, 3α)]-2-Hydroxymethyl-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane The hydroxy amide was prepared using the procedure in example 90 and trimethylaluminum (2.5 M in hexanes, 876 μL, 1.75 mmol), morpholine (255 μL, 254 mg, 2.92 mmol) in 6 mL CH2CI2, the lactone from example 115 (102 mg, 0.584 mmol) in 2 mL CH2CI2. It was isolated in 65% yield (98.4 mg, 0.377 mmol) as a white solid and was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material, m.p. 101-102°C; [α]D 21 182° (c=0.790, CHCI3).
Example 117
[1S-(1α, 2α, 3α)]-2-Carboxaldehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyloyclopropane The aldehyde amide was prepared using the procedure in example 94 and PCC (63.3 mg, 0.294 mmol) and the hydroxy amide from example 116 (51.2 mg, 0.196 mmol) in 2 mL CH2CI2 to provide the aldehyde in 68% yield (44.8 mg, 0.173 mmol) as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. [α]D 21 49.7°
(c=1.50, CHCl3).
Example 118
[1S-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-Carboxaldehyde-1-(4- morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropane
The epimerized aldehyde was prepared using the procedure in example 98 and the cis aldehyde amide from example 117 (30.0 mg, 0.116 mmol), 2 mL MeOH, and K2CO3
(64.0 mg, 0.463 mmol) to provide the epimerized aldehyde in 79% yield (23.6 mg, 0.0911 mmol) as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. [α]D 21 -82.5° (c=1.18, CHCI3).
Example 119
[1S-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure in example 102 and the aldehyde from example 118 (23.6 mg,
0.0911 mmol) in 1 mL acetone and 8 N Jones reagent (46.0 μL) to provide the carboxylic acid in 70% yield (17.6 mg,
0.0640 mmol) as a clear oil which solidified on standing.
It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. m.p. 165-172°C; [α]D 21 -35.9° (c=0.850,
CHCI3).
Example 120
[1R-(1α, 2β, 3α)]-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid
The carboxylic acid was prepared using the procedure in example 103 and hexamethyldisilazane (69.0 μL, 52.7 mg, 0.328 mmol) in 2 mL THF, n-BuLi in hexanes (2.06 M, 159 μL, 0.328 mmol), and the amide alcohol from example 116
(28.5 mg, 0.109 mmol) in 2 mL THF. The residue was taken up in acetone (2 mL) and 8 N Jones reagent (76 μL) to afford the epimerized acid (19.1 mg, 0.0721 mmol, 64% yield) as a clear oil. It was found to be identical spectroscopically with the racemic material. [α]o21 15.2°
(c=0.955, CHCI3).
Example 121
(1R,2R,3R),-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3- phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of
2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane
Using the procedure of Example 37 and replacing the product of Example 10 with the optically pure carboxylic acid product of Example 110, the product of Example 110 (10 mg, 0.036 mmol) was reacted with 16 mg (0.115 mmol) HOBT, 8 mg (0.043 mmol) EDC HCl and 17 mg (0.043 mmol) of amine to give the desired product. Mass spectrum (M+H)+: 655. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.79 (d, J=l Hz, 1 H, thiazolyl-H),
7.67 (d, J=6 Hz, 1 H, CONH), 7.34-7.10 (m, 6 H, C6H5 and thiazolyl-H), 6.26 (d, J=6 Hz, 1 H, CONH), 4.76 (m, 1 H, CHOH), 4.26 (m, 1H, CHOH), 4.06 (d, J=6 Hz, 1 H), 0.94 (d, J=7 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 0.87 (d, J=7 Hz, 3 H, CH3).
The compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts derived from inorganic or organic acids. These salts include but are not limited to the following: acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, glucoheptonate,
glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide,
2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate,
methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate,
3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, and
undecanoate. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as loweralkyl
halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl
chloride, bromides, and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.
Examples of acids which may be employed to form pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include such inorganic acids as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid and such organic acids as oxalic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid and citric acid. Other salts include salts with alkali metals or alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium or magnesium or with organic bases.
The compounds of the present invention can also be used in the form of prodrugs which include esters.
Examples of such esters include a hydroxyl-substituted compound of formula (1) which has been acylated with a blocked or unblocked amino acid residue, a phosphate function, or a hemisuccinate residue. The amino acid esters of particular interest are glycine and lysine;
however, other amino acid residues can also be used. Other esters include the compounds of formula (1) wherein a carboxylic acid group has been esterified to provide esters which include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl or benzyl esters. These esters serve as prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention and serve to increase the solubility of these substances in the gastrointestinal tract. The prodrugs are metabolically converted in vivo to the parent compound of formula (1). The preparation of the pro-drug esters is carried out by reacting a hydroxyl-substituted compound of formula (1) with an activated amino acyl, phosphoryl or hemisuccinyl derivative. The resulting product is then deprotected to provide the desired prodrug ester. Prodrugs which are esters of carboxylic acid group containing compounds of formula (1) are prepared by methods known in the art.
The novel compounds of the present invention possess an excellent degree of activity and specificity in treating hypertension in a human or animal. The novel compounds of the present invention are also useful for treating
congestive heart failure in a human or animal. The novel compounds of the invention are also useful for treating vascular abnormalities in a human or animal, in particular microvascular diseases associated with diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy, diabetic nephropathy and diabetic neuropathy. In addition, the novel compounds of the invention are useful for treating renal diseases in a human or animal, in particular acute and chronic renal failure. The compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment of psoriasis.
The ability of the compounds of the invention to inhibit human renal renin can be demonstrated in vitro by reacting a selected compound at varied concentrations with human renal renin, free from acid proteolytic activity, and with renin substrate (human angiotensinogen) at 37 degrees C and pH of 6.0. At the end of the incubation, the amount of angiotensin I formed is measured by radioimmunoassay and the molar concentration required to cause 50% inhibition, expressed as the IC50 is calculated. When tested in accordance with the foregoing procedure, compounds of the invention demonstrated IC50's in the range of 10 -8 to 10-10
M as seen in Table I.
Table I
Example IC50(nM)
37 2.8
39 38
40B 27
4IB 9
61 1.1
62 11
63 11
77 1.4
78 1.2
121 0.7
Total daily dose administered to a human or animal in single or divided doses may be in amounts, for example, from 0.001 to 10 mg/kg body weight daily and more usually 0.01 to 10 mg. Dosage unit compositions may contain such amounts of submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the
particular mode of administration.
It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
The compounds of the present invention may be
administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, rectally, or topically in dosage unit formulations
containing conventional nontoxic pharmaceutically
acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles as desired.
Topical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention can be in the form of shampoos, salves, powders, sprays, ointments, lotions, creams, solutions, suspensions and the like, These topical compositions can be prepared by mixing the compound of the invention iwth non-toxic, inert solid or liquid carriers which are suitable for topical administration. Topical administration may also involve the use of transdermal administration such as transdermal patches or iontophoresis devices.
The term parenteral as used herein includes
subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasterπal injection, or infusion techniques. Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are
conventinally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable
nonirritating excipient such as cocoa butter and
polyethylene glycols which are solid at ordinary
temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration may include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate. In the case of capsules, tablets, and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, and sweetening,
flavoring, and perfuming agents.
The present invention also relates to the use of novel compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing the novel compounds and the use of the compounds and compositions to inhibit renin for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure. The present invention also relates to the use of novel compounds and
pharmaceutical compositions which inhibit renin in
combination with a beta-adrenergic antagonist agent or an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compound for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling
intraocular pressure.
The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions for treating the increase in intraocular pressure associated with the administration of steroidal antiinflammatory agents comprising novel renin inhibiting compounds in combination with a steroidal antiinflammatory compound in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
The present invention also relates to a kit comprising in individual containers in a single package a novel renin inhibiting compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle and a steroidal antiinflammatory compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle and/or a beta-adrenergic antagonist agent in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle or an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle.
The compositions of the invention are administered as topical or systemic pharmaceutical compositions when used for treating or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure.
These compositions are preferably administered as topical pharmaceutical compositions suitable for ophthalmic administration, in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle such as pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions, ointments and solid inserts.
Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles for ophthalmic administration are water, propylene glycol and other pharmaceutically acceptable alcohols, sesame or peanut oil and other pharmaceutically acceptable vegetable oils, petroleum jelly, water soluble
ophthalmologically acceptable non-toxic polymers such as methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose salts,
hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose; acrylates such as polyacrylic acid salts; ethylacrylates;
polyacrylamides; natural products such as gelatin,
alginates, pectins, tragacanth, karaya, agar, acacia;
starch derivatives such as starch acetate, hydroxyethyl starch ethers, hydroxypropyl starch; as well as other synthetic derivatives such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene oxide, carbopol and xantham gum; and mixtures of these polymers. Such compositions may also contain adjuvants such as buffering, preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispersing agents. Suitable preserving agents include antibacterial agents such as quaternary ammonium compounds, phenylmercuric salts, benzyl alcohol, phenyl ethanol; and antioxidants such as sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene. Suitable buffering agents include borate, acetate, gluconate and phosphate buffers.
The pharmaceutical ophthalmic compositions of the invention may also be in the form of a solid insert. A solid water soluble or water swellable polymer such as dextran, hydroxyloweralkyl dextran, carboxymethyl dextran, hydroxyloweralkyl cellulose, loweralkyl cellulose,
carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, dextrin, starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyalkylene glycols may be used as the carrier for the drug.
Dosage levels of the active compound in the
compositions for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure in a human or an aminal may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response to a particular composition. Generally, the active compound will be administered as an isotonic aqueous solution of from 0.00001 to 1.0 (w/v) percent
concentration. More preferably the active compound will be administered as an isotonic aqueous solution of from
0.00001 to 0.1 (w/v) percent concentration.
The term "controlling intraocular pressure" as used herein means the regulation, attenuation and modulation of increased intraocular tension. The term also means that the decrease, in the otherwise elevated intraocular pressure, obtained by the methods and compositions of the invention is maintained for a significant period of time as, for example, between consecutive doses of the
composition of the invention.
The novel renin inhibiting compounds of the invention may be the only active ingredient for controlling
intraocular pressure in the methods and compositions of the invention or may be used in combination with other
ingredients which control intraocular pressure such as beta-adrenergic antagonist compounds. The term "beta- adrenergic antagonist" as used herein means a compound which by binding to betaadrenergic plasma membrane
receptors reduces or eliminates sympathetic activity or blocks the effects of exogenously adminstered
catecholamines or adrenergic drugs. Examples of beta-adrenergic antagonists are atenolol, metopropol, nadolol, propranolol, timolol, labetalol, betaxolol, carteolol and dilevalol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Most preferably the beta-adrenergic antagonist is timolol.
Timolol is currently used for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure, but it has a number of adverse side effects. Accordingly,
administration of a composition comprising a combination of a beta-adrenergic antagonist and a novel renin inhibiting compound of the invention could produce a reduction in intraocular pressure equivalent to that produced by a beta-adrenergic antagonist alone, but at a reduced dose level of the beta-adrenergic antagonist. This will result in a reduced level of the beta-adrenergic antagonist related adverse side effects.
The combination composition is administered as a single dosage form containing both the novel renin
inhibitor and the beta-adrenergic antagonist. The beta adrenergic antagonist may comprise from 5 mg to about 125 mg of the composition of the invention. The preferred ranges of the components in the composition of the
invention in unit dosage form are:
Renin inhibitor: 1 ng to 0.1 mg
Beta-adrenergic antagonist: 5 ug to 125 ug
When the beta-adrenergic antagonist and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate compositions the present invention relates to a kit comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable beta- adrenergic antagonist composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor composition, in a single package. A preferred kit comprises a beta-adrenergic antagonist composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most preferred kit comprises a topical ophthalmological beta-adrenergic antagonist composition and a topical ophthalmological novel renin inhibitor
composition.
The novel renin inhibiting compounds of the invention may also be administered in combination with an angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibiting compound. Examples of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compounds are captopril and enalapril. As was previously mentioned, ACE inhibitors have some undesirable side effects.
Accordingly, administration of an ACE inhibitor in
combination with a renin inhibitor could produce a
reduction in intraocular pressure greater than or
equivalent to that of an ACE inhibitor alone, but at a reduced dose level of the ACE inhibitor. This will result in a reduced level of the ACE inhibitor related adverse side effects. The combination composition is administered as a single dose form containing both the novel renin inhibitor and the angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor. The ACE inhibitor may comprise from 5 ng to about 50 ug of the compositon of the invention. The preferred ranges of the components in the composition of the invention in unit dosage form are:
Renin inhibitor: 1 ng to 0.1 mg
ACE inhibitor: 5 ng to 50 ug
When the ACE inhibitor and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate compositions the present invention relates to a kit comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable ACE inhibitor composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor composition, in a single package. A preferred kit comprises an ACE inhibitor composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most preferred kit comprises a topical ophthalmological ACE inhibitor
composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor
composition.
Dosage levels of the active compounds in the
compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response depending on the route of administration, severity of the disease and the response of the patient.
Topical, ophthalmic and systemic administration of steroidal antiinflammatory agents can cause an increase in intraocular pressure. The increase in intraocular pressure can be reduced by the administration of a novel renin inhibiting compound of the invention. Steroidal
antiinflammatory agents include hydrocortisone, cortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, dexamethasone,
methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone,
alclometasone, flunisolide, beclomethasone, clorocortolone, diflorasone, halcinonide, fluocinonide, fluocinolone, desoximetasone, medrysone, paramethasone, and
fluorometholone, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. Preferred steroidal antiinflammatory agents are hydrocortisone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, medrysone and fluorometholone and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. The novel renin inhibitor is administered after use of a steroidal antiinflammatory agent or at the same time, causing reduction and/or control of intraocular pressure.
Various combinations of a topical or oral or
injectible dosage form of a steroidal antiinflammatory agent and a topical or oral dosage form of the novel renin inhibitor may be used. A preferred combination comprises a topical steroidal antiinflammatory and a topical novel renin inhibitor. More preferred is a topical ophthalmic dosage form comprising both a steroidal antiinflammatory and a novel renin inhibitor.
When the steroidal antiinflammatory agent and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate
compositions the present invention relates to a kit
comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable steroidal antiinflammatory agent composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor
composition, in a single package. A preferred kit
comprises a steroidal antiinflammatory composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most
preferred kit comprises a topical ophthamological steroidal antiinflammatory composition and a topical ophthamological novel renin inhibitor composition.
The combination composition of the invention may contain from about 0.00001 to 1.0 (w/v) percent of the novel renin inhibitor for combined or separate topical administration. More preferably the amount of the novel renin inhibitor is about 0.00001 to 0.1 (w/v) percent of the composition. The amount of the novel renin inhibitor in a unit dosage form for topical administration to the eye is from about 5 ng to about 0.5 mg, preferably from about 5 ng to about 25 ng. The dose required will depend on the potency of the particular novel renin inhibitor, the severity of the intraocular pressure increase and the response of the individual patient.
The combination composition of the invention may contain from about 0.05 to 1.5 (w/v) percent of the
steroidal antiinflammatory for combined or separate topical administration. The amount of the steroidal
antiinflammatory in a unit dosage form for topical
administration to the eye is from about 20 ug to about 600 ug. The dose required will depend on the potency of the particular steroidal antiinflammatory, the severity of the disease and the response of the individual patient.
When the steroidal antiinflammatory agent of the combination therapeutic method of the invention is
administered other than ophthalmically, appropriate doses are well known in the art.
The compositions of the invention may include other therapeutic agents in addition to the novel renin
inhibitor, and other agents which reduce and/or control intraocular pressure. The effect on intraocular pressure of the novel compounds of the invention can be determined in rabbits by using the following method.
Effects of Topically Administered Renin Inhibiting
Compounds on Intraocular Pressure of Rabbits a. Method The antiglaucoma activity of the compounds was tested by measuring the effect on intraocular pressure in rabbits as described by Tinjum, A.M., Acta
Ophthalmologica, 50, 677 (1972). Male albino. New Zealand rabbits were placed in restraining devices and the
intraocular pressure was measured with an applamatic tonometer. Exactly 0.1 ml of an isotonic saline solution containing a test compound was instilled into the
conjuctival sac and the intraocular pressure was measured at 5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 and 180 minutes afterwards.
The present invention is also directed to the use of compounds of the formula (1) in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents independently selected from diuretics, adrenergic blocking agents, vasodilators, calcium channel blockers, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, potassium channel activators and other antihypertensive agents for treating (in a human or an animal) hypertension, congestive heart failure, vascular disease related to diabetes or for treating renal diseases such as acute or chronic renal failure.
Representative diuretics include hydrochlorothiazide, chlorothiazide, acetazolamide, amiloride, bumetanide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid, furosemide, indacrinone, metolazone, spironolactone, triamterene, chlorthalidone and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Representative adrenergic blocking agents include phentolaraine, phenoxybenzamine, prazosin, terazosin, tolazine, atenolol, metoprolol, nadolol, propranolol, timolol, carteolol and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Representative vasodilators include hydralazine, minoxidil, diazoxide, nitroprusside and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Representative calcium channel blockers include amrinone, bencyclane, diltiazem, fendiline, flunarizine, nicardipine, nimodipine, perhexilene, verapamil,
gallopamil, nifedipine and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Representative ACE inhibitors include captopril, enalapril, lisinopril and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Representative potassium channel activators include pinacidil and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Other representative antihypertensive agents include sympatholytic agents such as methyldopa, clonidine, guanabenz, reserpine and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Synergistic combinations of a compound of formula (1) with one or more of the above-mentioned antihypertensive agents are useful for the treatment of hypertension or congestive heart failure, vascular disease related to diabetes or for treating renal diseases such as acute or chronic renal failure.
The compound of formula (1) and the antihypertensive agent can be administered at the recommended maximum clinical dosage or at lower doses. Dosage levels of the active compounds in the compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response depending on the route of administration, severity of the disease and the response of the patient. The combination can be administered as separate compositions or as a single dosage form containing both agents.
In addition, the present invention is directed to the use of a compound of formula (1) to inhibit retroviral proteases and in particular to inhibit HIV-1 protease and HIV-2 protease. Compounds of formula (1) are useful for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases caused by
retroviruses, especially acquired immune deficiency
syndrome or an HIV infection.
The inhibitory potency of the compounds of the invention against HIV protease can be determined by the following method.
Fluorogenic Assay for Screening Inhibitors of HTV
Protease
A compound of the invention is dissolved in DMSO and a small aliquot further diluted with DMSO to 100 times the final concentration desired for testing. The reaction is carried out in a 6 X 50 mm tube in a total volume of 300 microliters. The final concentrations of the components in the reaction buffer are: 125 mM sodium acetate, 1 M sodium chloride, 5 mM dithiothreitol, 0.5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 1.3 uM fluorogenic substrate, 2% (v/v)
dimethylsulfoxide, pH 4.5. After addition of inhibitor, the reaction mixture is placed in the fluorometer cell holder and incubated at 30°C for several minutes. The reaction is initiated by the addition of a small aliquot of cold HIV protease. The fluorescence intensity (excitation 340 nM, emmision 490 nM) is recorded as a function of time. The reaction rate is determined for the first six to eight minutes. The observed rate is directly proportional to the moles of substrate cleaved per unit time. The percent inhibition is 100 X (1 - (rate in presence of
inhibitor)/(rate in absence of inhibitor)).
Fluorogenic substrate: Dabcyl-Ser-Gln-Asp-Tyr-Pro-Ile-Val-Gln-EDANS wherein DABCYL = 4-(4-dimethylaminophenyl) azobenzoic acid and EDANS = 5-((2-aminoethyl)amino)-naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid.
The antiviral activity of compounds of the invention can be demonstrated using the following method.
A mixture of 0.1 ml (4 X 106 cells/ml) of H9 cells and 0.1 ml (100 infectious units) of HIV-13B was incubated on a shaker for 2 h. The resulting culture was washed three times, resuspended into 2 ml of medium, and treated with 10 μl of the compound of the invention (5 mM in
dimethylsulfoxide). The control culture was treated in an identical manner except the last step was omitted. After incubation of the culture for eight days without change of medium, an aliquot (0.1 ml) of the supernatent was
withdrawn and incubated with fresh H9 cells on a shaker for 2 h. The resulting culture was washed three times,
resuspended into 2 ml of medium, and incubated. Virus infectivity was determined using the Abbott HTLV-III antigen E.I.A. method (Paul, et al., J. Med. Virol., 22 357 (1987)).
The foregoing is merely illustrative of the invention and is not intended to limit the invention to the disclosed compounds. Variations and changes which are obvious to one skilled in the art are intended to be within the scope and nature of the invention which are defined in the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is :
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000204_0001
wherein A is
(I) R5C(O)- wherein
R5 is i) hydroxy, ii) alkoxy, iii) thioalkoxy, iv) loweralkyl, v) heterocyclic, vi) amino or vii) substituted amino;
(II) R90N(R150)C(O) - wherein R150 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R90 is a C1 to C3 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from 1) carboxy,
2) alkoxycarbonyl, 3) alkylsulfonyl,
4) aryl, 5) arylsulfonyl, 6) heterocyclic,
7) (heterocyclic) sulfonyl, 8) amino,
9) alkylamino, 10) dialkylamino, 11) alkoxy,
12) (alkoxy) alkoxy or
13) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxy;
(III) R95S(O)w- wherein w is 0-2 and R95 is 1) loweralkyl, 2) aryl, 3) heterocyclic,
4) -NH2 or 5) substituted amino;
(IV) R96C(O)N(R151)- wherein R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is 1) loweralkyl,
2) cycloalkyl, 3) aryl, 4) heterocyclic,
5) alkoxy, 6) thioalkoxy, 7) aryloxy, 8) thioaryloxy, 9) substituted amino,
10) R97NH- wherein R97 is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic
11) (heterocyclic) alkyl, 12) aminoalkyl, 13) alkylaminoalkyl, 14) dialkylaminoalkyl, 15) alkoxyalkyl, 16) (alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl or 17) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl; or
(V) R96S(O)xN(R151)- wherein x is 1 or 2, R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is defined as herein;
R and R1 are independently selected from
(I) hydrogen, (II) aryl, (III) loweralkyl,
(IV) loweralkenyl, (V) cycloalkyl,
(VI) cycloalkenyl, (VII) aryloxyalkyl,
(VIII) thioaryloxyalkyl, (IX) arylalkoxyalkyl, (X) arylthioalkoxyalkyl and (XI) a C1 to C3 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from 1) alkoxy,
2) thioalkoxy, 3) aryl, 4) cycloalkyl,
5) cycloalkenyl and 6) heterocyclic;
R3 is (I) loweralkyl, (II) haloalkyl,
(III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl,
(V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl,
(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl,
(IX) hydroxyalkyl, (X) -(CH2)eeNHR12 wherein 1) ee is 1 to 3 and 2) R12 is
i) hydrogen, ii) loweralkyl or iii) an N-protecting group; (XI) arylalkyl or (XII) (heterocyclic) alkyl; and
T is a mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of
angiotensinogen;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
2. The compound of Claim 1 wherein R1 is loweralkyl or benzyl; R3 is (heterocyclic) alkyl; and T is
Figure imgf000206_0001
wherein R4 is loweralkyl or cycloalkylmethyl and D is
(
Figure imgf000206_0002
wherein R73 is loweralkyl,
Figure imgf000206_0003
wherein
1) M is
i) O,
ii) S or
iii) NH;
2) Q is
i) O or
ii) S;
3) E is
i) O,
ii) S,
iii) CHR73 wherein R73 is
loweralkyl,
iv) C=CH2 or
v) NR18 wherein R18 is
a) hydrogen,
b) loweralkyl,
c) hydroxyalkyl,
d) hydroxy,
e) alkoxy,
f) amino or
g) alkylamino;
and
4) G is
i) absent,
ii) CH2 or
iii) NR19 wherein R19 is
hydrogen or loweralkyl,
with the proviso that when G is NR19, then R18 is loweralkyl or
hydroxyalkyl; (
Figure imgf000208_0001
wherein
1) v is 0 or 1 and
2) R21 is
i) NH,
ii) O,
iii) S or
iv) SO2; or
(IV) a substituted methylene group.
3. A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000208_0002
wherein A is
(I) R5C(O)- wherein
R5 is i) hydroxy, ii) alkoxy,
iii) thioalkoxy, iv) loweralkyl,
v) heterocyclic, vi) amino or
vii) substituted amino;
(II) R90N(R150)C(O) - wherein R150 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R90 is a C1 to C8 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from 1) carboxy, 2) alkoxycarbonyl, 3) alkylsulfonyl,
4) aryl, 5) arylsulfonyl, 6) heterocyclic,
7) (heterocyclic) sulfonyl, 8) amino,
9) alkylamino, 10) dialkylamino, 11) alkoxy,
12) (alkoxy) alkoxy or
13) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxy;
(III) R95S(O)w- wherein w is 0-2 and R95 is
1) loweralkyl, 2) aryl, 3) heterocyclic,
4) -NH2 or 5) substituted amino;
(IV) R96C(O)N(R151)- wherein R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is 1) loweralkyl,
2) cycloalkyl, 3) aryl, 4) heterocyclic,
5) alkoxy, 6) thioalkoxy, 7) aryloxy,
8) thioaryloxy, 9) substituted amino,
10) R97NH- wherein R97 is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic
11) (heterocyclic) alkyl, 12) aminoalkyl, 13) alkylaminoalkyl, 14) dialkylaminoalkyl, 15) alkoxyalkyl, 16) (alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl or 17) ( (alkoxy) alkoxy) alkoxyalkyl; or
(V) R96S(O)xN(R151)- wherein x is 1 or 2, R151 is hydrogen or loweralkyl and R96 is defined as herein;
R and R. are independently selected from
(I) hydrogen, (II) aryl, (III) loweralkyl,
(IV) loweralkenyl, (V) cycloalkyl,
(VI) cycloalkenyl, (VII) aryloxyalkyl,
(VIII) thioaryloxyalkyl, (IX) arylalkoxyalkyl, (X) arylthioalkoxyalkyl and (XI) a C1 to C3 straight or branched carbon chain substituted with a substituent selected from 1) alkoxy, 2) thioalkoxy, 3) aryl, 4) cycloalkyl,
5) cycloalkenyl and 6) heterocyclic;
R3 is (I) loweralkyl, (II) haloalkyl,
(III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl,
(V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl,
(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl,
(IX) hydroxyalkyl, (X) -(CH2)eeNHR12
wherein 1) ee is 1 to 3 and 2) R12 is
i) hydrogen, ii) loweralkyl or iii) an
N-protecting group; (XI) arylalkyl or
(XII) (heterocyclic) alkyl; and T is
Figure imgf000210_0001
wherein R4 is
(I) loweralkyl,
(II) cycloalkylalkyl
(III) cycloalkenylalkyl or
(III) arylalkyl; and
D is
Figure imgf000210_0002
wherein R73 is loweralkyl.
Figure imgf000211_0001
wherein
1) M is
i) O,
ii) S or
iii) NH;
2) Q is
i) O or
ii) S;
3) E is
i) O,
ii) S,
iii) CHR73 wherein R73 is loweralkyl, iv) C=CH2 or
v) NR19 wherein R18 is a) hydrogen,
b) loweralkyl, c) hydroxyalkyl, d) hydroxy,
e) alkoxy,
f) amino or
g) alkylamino;
and
4) G is
i) absent,
ii) CH2 or iii) NR19 wherein R19 is
hydrogen or loweralkyl,
with the proviso that when G is NR19, then R18 is loweralkyl or
hydroxyaIkyl;
Figure imgf000212_0001
wherein
1) v is 0 or 1 and
2) R21 is
i) NH,
ii) O,
iii) S or
iv) SO2; or
(IV) a substituted methylene group;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
4. The compound of Claim 3 wherein D is
(a) -CH(OH)CH2CH(CH3)2,
Figure imgf000212_0002
wherein M is O, S or NH; Q is O or S; E is O, S, C=CH2, CHR73 wherein R73 is loweralkyl, or NR18 wherein R18 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino or alkylamino; and G is absent, CH2 or NR19 wherein R19 is hydrogen or loweralkyl, with the proviso that when G is NR19, then R18 is loweralkyl or hydroxyalkyl, or
(c) -CH2CH(R22)C(O)NHR23 wherein R22 is loweralkyl and R23 is (heterocyclic) alkyl; and
A is R5C(O)- wherein R5 is selected from the group
consisting of:
Figure imgf000213_0001
wherein aa is 1 to 5 and R6 and R7 are
independently selected from
1) hydrogen,
2) hydroxy,
3) alkoxy,
4) thioalkoxy,
5) alkoxyalkoxy,
6) carboxy,
7) alkoxycarbonyl,
8) halogen,
9) amino,
10) alkylamino,
11) dialkylamino,
12) alkylsulfonylamino. 13) arylsulfonylamino,
14) alkylaminocarbonylamino,
15) alkylaminocarbonyloxy,
16) alkoxycarbonyloxy.
Figure imgf000214_0002
wherein dd is 1 to 5,
and
18) R8-Z- wherein
Z is O, S or NH and R8 is a C1 to C6 straight or branched carbon chain substituted by a substituent selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl and substituted phenyl;
Figure imgf000214_0001
wherein R9 is
1) O,
2) S,
3) SO2 or
4) C=O; or
Figure imgf000215_0001
wherein R10 is
1) hydrogen,
2) loweralkyl,
3) an N-protecting group or
4) R11-C(O)- wherein R11 is
aminoalkyl, (N-protected) aminoalkyl, 1-amino-2-phenylethyl or
1-(N-protected)amino-2-phenylethyl.
5. A compound of Claim 3 wherein the compound is selected from:
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-3-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3R*)-3-Benzyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecabonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-3-Ethyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanineamide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R )-3-(2-Methylproρyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-carbonylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6- methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3R*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-histidyl amide of 2 (S) -Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl -L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-cyclohexyl methylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-benzyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; (1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenyl
cyclopropanecarbonyl-L-histidyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-leucyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-nor-leucyl amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of N-Butyl 5 (S)-Amino-6-cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-5(S)-isopropylhexamide; (1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of (2'S, 1'R, 5'S)-3-Ethyl-5-(1'-hydroxy-2'amino-3'cyclohexylpropyl)-oxazolidin-2-one;
(1R*,2R*,3S*)-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-4-thiazolylalanyl amide of
(2S,4S,1*R,2'S)-2-(2-Amino-3-cyclohexyl-1-hydroxy)-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran;
(1R*, 2R*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;
(1R*, 2S*, 3S*)-2-Phenylsulfonyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R), 4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane; and
(1R,2R,3R),-2-(4-Morpholinyl)carbσnyl-3-phenylcyclopropanecarbonyl-L-thiazolylalanine amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.
6. A pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting renin, comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
7. A method for inhibiting renin comprising
administering to a human or animal in need of such
treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
8. A pharmaceutical composition for treating
hypertension or congestive heart failure, comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
9. A method for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure comprising administering to a human or animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
10. A method for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure, comprising administering to a human or animal in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
11. A method for inhibiting a retroviral protease, comprising administering to a human or animal in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
12. A method for treating a retroviral infection, comprising administering to a human or animal in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
13. A method for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure comprising administering to a human or animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and another
antihypertensive agent.
14. A pharmaceutical composition for treating
hypertension or congestive heart failure, comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and another antihypertensive agent.
PCT/US1991/004914 1990-07-11 1991-07-11 Renin inhibiting compounds WO1992000972A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US55170690A 1990-07-11 1990-07-11
US551,706 1990-07-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1992000972A1 true WO1992000972A1 (en) 1992-01-23

Family

ID=24202349

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1991/004914 WO1992000972A1 (en) 1990-07-11 1991-07-11 Renin inhibiting compounds

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO1992000972A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8168616B1 (en) 2000-11-17 2012-05-01 Novartis Ag Combination comprising a renin inhibitor and an angiotensin receptor inhibitor for hypertension

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1988007053A1 (en) * 1987-03-09 1988-09-22 The Upjohn Company Renin inhibitors containing a cyclopropyl amino acid and/or a cycloalkyl transition-state analogue

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1988007053A1 (en) * 1987-03-09 1988-09-22 The Upjohn Company Renin inhibitors containing a cyclopropyl amino acid and/or a cycloalkyl transition-state analogue

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8168616B1 (en) 2000-11-17 2012-05-01 Novartis Ag Combination comprising a renin inhibitor and an angiotensin receptor inhibitor for hypertension
US8618174B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2013-12-31 Novartis Ag Synergistic combinations comprising a renin inhibitor for cardiovascular diseases
US9023893B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2015-05-05 Novartis Ag Synergistic combinations comprising a renin inhibitor for cardiovascular diseases
US9023894B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2015-05-05 Novartis Ag Synergistic combinations comprising a renin inhibitor for cardiovascular diseases
CZ305341B6 (en) * 2000-11-17 2015-08-05 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical composition, kit comprising active substances of the composition and the use of combination of active substances of the composition

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0439556A1 (en) Heterocyclic peptide renin inhibitors
US5063208A (en) Peptidyl aminodiol renin inhibitors
AU639212B2 (en) Non-peptide renin inhibitors
US5164388A (en) Heterocyclic peptide renin inhibitors
DE69110086T2 (en) Renin inhibitors.
US5122514A (en) Psoriasis treatment
BG63042B1 (en) Ethers of substrate isoesters of aspartateprotease having antiviral effect
CZ20002363A3 (en) Sulfonamide derivatives and pharmaceutical preparation, in which they are comprised
AU624010B2 (en) Peptidyl aminodiol renin inhibitors
EP0518672A2 (en) Cyclic renin inhibitors
WO1996011927A1 (en) Endothelin antagonists
US5258362A (en) Renin inhibiting compounds
WO1992000972A1 (en) Renin inhibiting compounds
WO1995008550A1 (en) Endothelin antagonists
US5268374A (en) Non-peptide renin inhibitors
US5244910A (en) Renin inhibitors
EP0444156A1 (en) Method for treating vascular diseases
US5182266A (en) Method for treating renal disease
AU632895B2 (en) Method for treating renal disease
IE902944A1 (en) Peptidyl difluorodiol renin inhibitors
DD299191A5 (en) RENININHIBITORS, METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION AND THEIR USE IN MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
WO1991016031A1 (en) Psoriasis treatment
EP0431972A2 (en) Macrocyclic lactones having renin inhibiting properties

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IT LU NL SE